Manual Hioki 3166

INSTRUCTION MANUALFor...は専用機種。複数の場合は「/」で区切る。不要の場合はとる。

形名を入力。　複数の場合は「/」で区切る。

3166品名を入力。

CLAMP ONPOWER HiTESTER

sharif_geraldizo

Tequipment

http://tequipment.net

Contents

Introduction i

Inspection ii

Safety Notes iii

Notes on Use vi

Notes on Using the Power Meter ix

Chapter Summary x

Chapter 1 Overview and Names of Parts 1

1.1 Product Overview 1

1.2 Features 2

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part 4

1.4 PLL Synchronization 8

Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen 9

2.1 Basic Operations 9

2.2 Screen Configuration 13

2.3 Initial Screen 15

Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements 17

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure 18

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords 19

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors 22

3.4 Turning On the Power 24

3.5 Self-test 26

3.6 Attaching the Stand 27

Chapter 4 Wiring Methods 29

4.1 Before Measurement 29

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring 30


4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods 33

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring 38

4.6 Measuring Ranges 41

Chapter 5 Normal Measurement 43

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode 44


5.3 Preparations for Measurement 46

5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking

the Basic Setting Conditions 46

5.3.2 Confirming Settings 47

5.4 Taking Measurements 49

5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values 49

5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values 51

5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer 52

5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk 53

5.5 Changing the Settings 54

5.5.1 Print/Save Items 54

5.5.2 File Names 55

5.5.3 D/A Output Items 58

5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode) 59

5.6 Printing Out the Settings 60

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk 61

Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement 63

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode 63





6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement 67


6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range 70

6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement 71

6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement 72


6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values 74

6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values 75

6.5 Changing Settings 78

6.5.1 Integration Start Method 78

6.5.2 Start Time 78

6.5.3 Integration Stop Method 79

6.5.4 Stop Time 80

6.5.5 Output Interval Time 80


6.5.7 FD Auto Output 82

6.5.8 File Names 83

6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output 83


6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate 84




Chapter 7 Demand Measurement 89

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode 89





7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement 94


7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range 97

7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement 98

7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement 99


7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values 102

7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values 105

7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report 106

7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports 108

7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports 110

7.5 Changing Settings 112

7.5.1 Start Time 112

7.5.2 Stop Time 112

7.5.3 Demand Period 113

7.5.4 Transformer Capacity 114


7.5.6 FD Auto Output 117

7.5.7 File Names 117

7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output 118


7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate 119




Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details 123

8.1 List of Setting Items 123

8.2 Settings for Each Item 125

8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method 125

8.2.2 Sampling Method 126

8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source 126

8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured 127

8.2.5 Display Averaging Times 127

8.2.6 PT 128

8.2.7 CT 128

8.2.8 Backlight 129

8.2.9 Contrast 129

8.2.10 Key Beep 130

8.2.11 RS-232C Device 130

8.2.12 Setting the Time 134

8.2.13 System Reset 135



Chapter 9 Using the Remote Control Jack 139

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack 140

9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack 141

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control 142

Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer 145

10.1 Overview 145

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out 146

10.3 Connection Method 150

10.4 Operating Procedure 152

Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer 157


11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface 158

11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications 158

11.2.2 Setting Method 161

11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure 162

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface 163

11.3.1 Messages 163

11.3.2 Command Syntax 164

11.3.3 Headers 164

11.3.4 Delimiter 165

11.3.5 Separators 165

11.3.6 Data Formats 166

11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands 167

11.3.8 Output Queue 168

11.3.9 Input Buffer 168

11.4 Command Reference 169

11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format 169

11.4.2 Commands 170

11.5 Sample Program 237

11.5.1 RS-232C 238

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface 239

Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem 241


12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1) 243

12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output 243

12.2.2 Operating Procedure 243

12.2.3 Setting the 3166 244

12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer 245

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2) 246

12.3.1 Remote Control 246

12.3.2 Operating Procedure 246

12.3.3 Setting the 3166 247

12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166 247

12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to

the Personal Computer 248

12.3.6 Actual Control Method 248

Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional) 249

13.1 Output Connection Method 250

13.2 Structure of the Output Connector 251

13.3 Output Response Characteristics 252

13.4 Output Waveform 254

Chapter 14 Using the FDD UNIT (Optional) 257

14.1 General 258

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved 259


14.4 Using Floppy Disks 267

14.5 Saving Measurement Data 269

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode 273

14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved

on Floppy Disk 274

14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously

Saved on Floppy Disk 275

14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk 277

14.6.4 Renaming Files 278

14.6.5 Deleting Files 279

14.6.6 Upgrade 280

Chapter 15 Harmonic Analysis Software 281

15.1 Overview 281

Chapter 16 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 283

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power 284

16.2 Normal Measurement Mode 285

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand

Measurement Mode 286

Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service 289

17.1 Cautions 289

17.2 Troubleshooting 290

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and

the Packing Materials 291

Chapter 18 Specifications 293

18.1 Product Specifications 293

18.1.1 General Specifications 293

18.1.2 Basic Specifications 295

18.1.3 Function Specifications 298

18.1.4 External Interfaces 302

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table 304

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations 305

18.4 Internal Block Diagram 309

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications 310

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications 311

18.6.1 General Specifications 311

18.6.2 Specifications 311

18.6.3 Functions 311

18.6.4 Miscellaneous 312

18.6.5 Accessories 312

Appendix APPENDIX 1

Appendix 1 Error Messages APPENDIX 2

Appendix 2 List of Commands APPENDIX 4

Appendix 2.1 List of Commands APPENDIX 4

Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization

of Commands APPENDIX 10

Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status APPENDIX 14

Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items APPENDIX 20

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,

and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead

and Lag APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3.1 Active Power APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power APPENDIX 21

Appendix 3.3 Power Factor APPENDIX 24

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166 APPENDIX 25

Appendix 5 Screen Configuration APPENDIX 27

Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying

Case APPENDIX 28

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms APPENDIX 29

Appendix 8 Printout Samples APPENDIX 30

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk APPENDIX 35

Index INDEX 1

i────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Introduction────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

NOTE

Introduction

Thank you for purchasing the HIOKI "3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER."To obtain maximum performance from the product, please read this manualfirst, and keep it handy for future reference.

The 3166 uses the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR for its current input. Fordetails on the sensor, refer to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSORInstruction Manual.

3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER (9556 HARMONIC ANALYSISSOFTWARE PREINSTALL MODEL)

The "9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE" (optional) ispreinstalled in the 3166. For details on the software, refer to the 9556HARMONICS ANALYSIS SOFTWARE Instruction Manual.

The 9556 master disk is not included with the product. The disk included withthe product contains software (WUICONV.EXE) to convert waveform data intoa text format.

ii────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Inspection────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

Inspection

When you receive the product, inspect it carefully to ensure that no damageoccurred during shipping. In particular, check the accessories, panel switches,and connectors. If damage is evident, or if it fails to operate according to thespecifications, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.

Standard accessories

Instruction Manual 1

Guide 1Power cord 19438 VOLTAGE CORD 1set (one each of black, red, yellow, and blue)Voltage cord lock 4Stand 1set

Before use

Before using the product the first time, verify that it operates normally toensure that the no damage occurred during storage or shipping. If you findany damage, contact your dealer or Hioki representative.

Before using the product, make sure that the insulation on the 9438VOLTAGE CORD is undamaged and that no bare conductors are improperlyexposed. Using the product in such conditions could cause an electric shock,so contact your dealer or Hioki representative for repair.

Shipment

Use the original packing materials when reshipping the product, if possible.Before shipping the 9595 FDD UNIT, be sure to remove the floppy disk.

iii────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Safety Notes────────────────────────────────────────────────────

DANGER This product is designed to conform to IEC 61010 Safety Standards, andhas been thoroughly tested for safety prior to shipment. However,mishandling during use could result in injury or death, as well as damageto the product. Be certain that you understand the instructions andprecautions in the manual before use. We disclaim any responsibility foraccidents or injuries not resulting directly from product defects.

DANGER To avoid short circuits and potentially life-threatening hazards, neverattach the clamp to a circuit that operates at more than the 600 V (9291)/300 V (9298) or over bare conductors.

・The this symbol printed on the product indicates that the usershould refer to a corresponding topic in the manual (marked withthe　 symbol) before using the relevant function.

・In the manual, this symbol indicates particularly importantinformation that the user should read before using the product.

Indicates a grounding terminal.

Indicates AC (Alternating Current).

Safety Notes

This manual contains information and warnings essential for safe operation ofthe product and for maintaining it in safe operating condition. Before usingthe product, be sure to carefully read the following safety notes.

Safety symbols

iv────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Safety Notes────────────────────────────────────────────────────

DANGER Indicates that incorrect operation presents an extreme hazard thatcould result in serious injury or death to the user.

WARNING Indicates that incorrect operation presents a significant hazard thatcould result in serious injury or death to the user.

CAUTIONIndicates that incorrect operation presents a possibility of injury tothe user or damage to the product.

NOTE Advisory items related to performance or correct operation of theproduct.

The following symbols in this manual indicate the relative importance ofcautions and warnings.

Overvoltage CategoriesTo ensure safe use of measurement, IEC 60664 establishes safety levelstandards for different locations, classified as CAT I through CAT IV, andcalled overvoltage categories. These are defined as follows.CAT : Secondary electrical circuits that are connected to a wall outlet

through a transformer or similar device.CAT : Primary electrical circuits in equipment connected to a wall outlet via

a power cord (portable tools, household appliances, etc.)CAT : Primary electrical circuits of heavy equipment (fixed installations)

connected directly to the distribution panel, and feeders between thedistribution panel and outlets.

CAT : The circuit from the service drop to the service entrance, then to thepower meter and to the primary overcurrent protection device.

Higher-numbered categories correspond to electrical environments withgreater momentary energy, so a measurement device designed for CAT IIIenvironments can endure greater momentary energy than a device designedfor CAT II. Use of a lower category product in a higher category environmentcould result in a severe accident and must be carefully avoided.

v────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Safety Notes────────────────────────────────────────────────────

● Notes on accuracy

We define measurement tolerances in terms of f.s. (full scale), rdg. (reading)and dgt. (digit) values, with the following meanings:

f.s. (maximum display value or scale length)The maximum displayable value or the full length of the scale.This is usually the maximum value of the currently selected range.

rdg. (reading or displayed value)The value currently being measured and indicated on the measuring product.

dgt. (resolution)The smallest displayable unit on a digital measuring product, i.e., the inputvalue that causes the digital display to show a "1".

vi────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Notes on Use────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION ・This product is designed for indoor use, and operates reliably from 0 to 40℃.・Do not store or use the product where it could be exposed to direct sunlight,

high temperature or humidity, or condensation. Under such conditions, theproduct may be damaged and insulation may deteriorate so that it no longermeets specifications.

・This product is not designed to be entirely water- or dust-proof. To avoiddamage, do not use it in a wet or dusty environment.

・Do not use the product near a device that generates a strongelectromagnetic field or electrostatic charge, as these may cause erroneousmeasurements.

・Do not use the product where it may be exposed to corrosive or combustiblegases. The product may be damaged or cause an explosion.

WARNING To avoid electric shock, do not allow the product to get wet, and do notuse it when your hands are wet.

To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriateprotective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safetyhelmet.

WARNING The unit is constructed so as to be connected to a ground line via athree-core power cord that is supplied with the unit.

To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the powercable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.

Notes on Use

Follow these precautions to ensure safe operation and to obtain the fullbenefits of the various functions.

● Installation

● Before use

Observe the following points in order to use this equipment safely and mosteffectively.

● Making power meter connections

vii────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Notes on Use────────────────────────────────────────────────────

WARNING Before turning on the power, make sure that the voltage of the powersupply being used matches the supply voltage indicated on the rearpanel of the unit.

Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matchesthat indicated on the product’s power connector. Connection to animproper supply voltage may damage the product and present anelectrical hazard.

WARNING To avoid electrical accidents, remove power from the circuit beforeconnecting the voltage cord.

CAUTION To avoid electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use only the supplied testleads to connect the product input terminals to the circuit to be tested.

DANGER Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, andthen to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoidelectric shock and short circuits.

・Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the sametime. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.

・When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of theclamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between two lines, anddo not use over bare conductors.

Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of abreaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if ashort circuit occurs.

● Voltage of the power supply

● Connecting powermeter

● Secondary side connections

viii────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Notes on Use────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION ・To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingorunplugging any of the interface connectors.

・To avoid damaging the probes, do not bend or pull the probes.・Keep in mind that, in some cases, conductors to be measured may be hot.・Keep the cables well away from heat sources, as bare conductors could be

exposed if the insulation melts.・To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnect

a sensor while the power is on.

CAUTION ・To avoid damage to the product, protect it from vibration or shock duringtransport and handling, and be especially careful to avoid dropping.

・Be careful to avoid dropping the clamps or otherwise subjecting them tomechanical shock, which could damage the mating surfaces of the core andadversely affect measurement.

・Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on thefloppy drive is on).

・Avoid using the printer in hot, humid environments, as this can greatlyreduce printer life.

DANGER When connecting clip-type test leads to live terminals, be very careful toavoid accidentally shorting conductors together and causing a seriousaccident.

The maximum rated working voltage is 600 VAC/850 V peak. Attemptingto measure voltage in excess of the maximum rating could destroy theproduct and result in personal injury or death.

The maximum rated voltage between input terminals and ground is 600VAC. Attempting to measure voltages exceeding 600 V with respect toground could damage the product and result in personal injury.

CAUTION ・Note that the product may be damaged if the applied voltage or currentexceeds the measurement range.

・When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltageinput terminal, clamp-on sensor . Doing so may damage the unit.

・To avoid damage to the unit, do not input a voltage exceeding the ratedmaximum to the external control terminals.

・In order to prevent this power meter from being damaged, do not short theD/A output connector, and do not input voltage to that connector.

● Core of cables

● Unit and accessories

● Use of the 3166

ix────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Notes on Using the Power Meter────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

Notes on Using the Power Meter

・This power meter uses the calculations indicated in the specifications inorder to determine apparent power (S), power factor (λ), and calculatedreactive power on the basis of the measured voltage (U), current (I), andactive power. In the 3166, the apparent power (S), power factor (λ), andcalculated reactive power (Q) are calculated according to formulas indicatedin the specifications, based on the voltage (U), the current (I), and the activepower (P). In addition, when using the active power meter method, theapparent power (S) and power factor (λ) are derived from the measuredactive power (P) and reactive power (Q). The values displayed by this powermeter may differ from those produced by other testers that are based ondifferent principles of operation or testers that use different calculations.

It should be noted that if the measurement line is a three-phase three-wireline and the waveform is distorted (e.g., on the primary side of the inverter),the values of reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), and power factor (λ)differ from those on a measuring instrument based on a different calculationformula.

・The integrated values produced by this power meter are derived throughsoftware calculations based on the power measurements. The integratedvalue may differ from the value produced by a tester that has a differentresponse speed, sampling rate, or calculation method. In addition, thispower meter is designed specifically to measure alternating current, andcannot be used to measure lines carrying direct current.The power factor is calculated for display using the values of active powerand apparent power before zero-suppression. Note that even if the activepower (P) and apparent power (S) on display are zero, the power factor (λ)may not be zero.In order to assure accurate measurements, allow this unit to warm up for atleast 30 minutes before using it. The displayed value is forced to zero forinputs that are 0.4% or less of the measurement range. (zero suppressfunction) Although this power meter has a frequency measurementfunction, proper measurement may not be possible in cases where the inputwaveform is clearly distorted.

・When using external transformers (PT and CT), the phase difference mayintroduce a large error into power measurements. For accuratemeasurements, use PTs and CTs with as small a phase difference aspossible.

・When the voltage or current on the line being measured exceeds themeasurement range of this power meter, use an external PT and CT, and donot exceed the maximum allowed input. When using a PT and CT, use thescaling function and take direct readings.

x────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Chapter Summary────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Chapter Summary

The contents of each chapter of this Operation Manual are described below.The portion of this manual from the Introduction to Chapter 1 explainsnumerous cautions that must be read before using this power meter.

Chapter 1 Overviews and Names of Parts

This chapter provides an overview of this product and its features, anddescribes the names of each part.

Chapter 2 Key Operations and the Initial Screen

This chapter explains the basic use of each key, the initial screen, and theconfiguration of the screen in general.

Chapter 3 Before Taking Measurements

This chapter explains the necessary preparations that must be made beforebeginning operation, and describes cautions that need to be observed.

Chapter 4 Wiring Methods

This chapter explains how to select and connect the line being measured, andhow to check for incorrect wiring after the connections have been made.

Chapter 5 Normal Measurement

This chapter explains how to measure instantaneous values andmaximum/minimum values for basic measurements such as voltage currentand power, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, howto save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measuredresults, etc.

Chapter 6 Integrated Measurement

In addition to normal measurements such as instantaneous values, thischapter explains how to measure integrated values such as active and reactivepower, special settings that need to be made for those measurements, how tosave the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measured results,etc.

Chapter 7 Demand Measurements

This chapter explains the demand measurement method in which data isprocessed with integrated measurements repeated at any desired timeinterval, and special settings that need to be made for those measurements,how to save the measured results onto floppy disk, how to print out measuredresults, etc.

Chapter 8 Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details

This chapter provides an overview of setting methods and also explainsdetailed setting methods for test conditions that are common to each mode.

xi────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Chapter Summary────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Chapter 9 Using the External Control Terminal

This chapter explains how to use external control signals to control the start ofintegrated or demand measurement, to control the saving and printing ofmeasurement data, etc.

Chapter 10 Connecting a Printer

This chapter explains how to connect a printer to the interface connector andthe necessary settings.

Chapter 11 Connecting a Computer

This chapter explains how to connect a computer to the interface connector,the necessary settings, and a sample program.

Chapter 12 Connecting a Modem

This chapter explains how to connect a modem to the interface connector, thenecessary settings, and a sample program.

Chapter 13 Using the D/A Output (Optional)

This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT in orderto obtain analog output, and the necessary settings.

Chapter 14 Using the Floppy Disk Drive (Optional)

This chapter explains how to connect the optional 9595 FDD Unit in order touse floppy disks, and provides an overview of how to use the unit.

Chapter 15 Harmonic Wave Analysis Software (Optional)

This chapter provides an overview of how to use the optional 9556 HarmonicWave Analysis Software in order to measure harmonic waves.

Chapter 16 Operation If Power Is Lost

This chapter describes the operation of the power meter if power is lost whiletaking measurements.

Chapter 17 Maintenance and Service

This chapter discusses the maintenance and disposal of this unit.

Chapter 18 Specifications

This chapter describes the specifications for this power meter, including itsgeneral specifications, measurement ranges, and accuracy.

Appendices

The appendices include a list of error messages, a list of commands, screenconfigurations, details on how to pack the unit in its portable case, a glossaryof terms, and other information.

xii────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Chapter Summary────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.1 Product Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 1Overview and Names of

Parts

1.1 Product Overview

The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER is a clamp-type power meter thatcan test any type of line ranging from single-phase lines to three-phase four-wire lines.In addition to being able to handle basic measurements, such as voltage,current, power, power factor, integrated values, etc., this power meter is alsocapable of demand measurement, which is important for power management,and harmonic wave measurement (with optional software).In addition, because the 3166’s many interface functions give it the capabilityto collect data for extended periods and to automate the measurement process,this tester is ideal for applications that require the measurement of power atindustrial frequencies, such as power maintenance and management at afactory.

2────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.2 Features────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.2 Features

(1) Safe design

The 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER features a safe design thatcomplies with the IEC61010 safety standard.

(2) Capable of measuring power on all types of power lines

This single power meter is capable of measuring power on all types of powerlines, ranging from single-phase two-wire lines to three-phase four-wire lines.

(3) Incorrect wiring detection capability

The wiring checking screen is used to phase rotate, detect the phase, and tocheck for reverse connection of the clamp sensors, in order to avoid wiringmistakes during measurement.

(4) Simultaneous display of all measured values

The voltage, current, active/reactive/apparent power, power factor, andfrequency can all be displayed simultaneously.

(5) Also capable of reactive power meter method measurement

Reactive power can be measured at the user’s option by either the reactivepower meter method (using a reactive power meter), or by calculating theactual value on the basis of the voltage, current, and active power.

(6) Power factor delay/advance discrimination display

The power factor and the reactive power display distinguishes between aphase delay and a phase advance.

(7) Capable of integrated measurement by polarity

Integrated measurements by polarity, such as active powerconsumption/regeneration/addition and reactive power delay/advance/overall,can be displayed simultaneously.

(8) Capable of demand measurement

If the demand measurement method is used, measurement suited for dailyreporting, weekly, reporting, or monthly reporting is possible.

(9) Equipped with RS-232C interface

An RS-232C interface is standard on the 3166. This interface can be used toconnect the 3166 to a printer, a personal computer, a modem, etc., in order toautomate measurement operations.

(10) Selectable display language

The display can be switched between Japanese and English.

3────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.2 Features────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

(11) Supports a floppy disk drive

By using the 3166 in combination with the optional floppy disk drive, data canbe collected over extended periods for demand measurement, etc.

(12) Capable of high-speed D/A output

By adding the optional D/A output connector, the 3166 can provide fourchannels of high-speed analog output.

(13) Capable of harmonic measurement

By using the optional harmonic analysis software, the 3166 can measureharmonic on power lines.

(14) Compact and lightweight

The 3166 is compact and lightweight. In addition, if the optional carrying caseis used, the 3166 can be used to take measurements in the field while still inits case.

4────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3 4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

Front Panel

1

2

3

4

5

6

1.3 Names and Functions of Each Part

DisplayThe 3166 is equipped with a 4.7-inch LCD display with backlight. Thelanguage used on the display can be switched between Japanese and English.

Function keys (F1 to F5)These keys are used to switch the display, select/change settings, etc. (Thesekeys are represented by the mark　 mark in the text.)

Wiring key (WIRING)This setting key is used to select the line to be tested.

Check key (CHECK)This key is used to check for incorrect wiring, to check the contents of settings,and to set the key lock.

Voltage range key (U)This key is used to set the voltage measurement range.

Current range key (I)This key is used to set the current measurement range.

5────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

7

8

9

10

11

Print key (PRINT)This key is used to manually print the measured values if there is a printerconnected to the interface connector.

Save key (SAVE)This key is used to manually save measured values and setting conditions onfloppy disk if a floppy disk drive unit is connected to the 3166.

Measurement data reset key (DATA RESET)This key is used to reset (clear) measurement data for integrated values andmaximum/minimum values.

Measurement start/stop key (START/STOP)This key is used to start/stop integrated and demand measurement.

Cursor keyThis key is used to select setting items displayed on the screen, and to changethose settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, and right arrow portions of thecursor key（▲・▼・・）moves the cursor in the corresponding directionon the screen.

* Keys 3 through 11 above are printed in reverse in this manual (white on black).

6────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1 2

Side Panel

1

2

AC power inletThe power cord connects to this inlet. The 3166 automatically adapts to anysupply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V.

Power switch (POWER)This switch turns the power on and off.

7────────────────────────────────────────────────────


3 4 5 6

2 1

Connector Section

1

2

3

4

5

6

Voltage input connectors (U-INPUT)Connect the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD provided with this power meter, inaccordance with the line to be tested.

Current input connectors (I-INPUT)Connect the optional 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR in accordance with theline to be tested, and then lock the connections securely.

D/A output connector (D/A OUT)Connect the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A OUTPUT) provided withthis power meter to this D/A output in order to obtain analog output from thepower meter.

External control connector (REMOTE)Connect the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for External Control) tothis connector in order to control the start/stop of integrated or demandmeasurement, printing, and the saving of data to floppy disk.

RS-232C interface connector (RS-232C)This interface connector is used to connect a printer, personal computer ormodem to this power meter.

FDD unit connector (FDD)Connect the optional 9595 FDD UNIT to this connector in order to savemeasurement data or save/load settings.

8────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.4 PLL Synchronization────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION ・The fundamental frequency ranges that can be measured are 45 to 66 Hzand 360 to 440 Hz. Measurement is not possible outside of these ranges.

・Frequency-controlled lines, such as the secondary line of an inverter, cannotbe measured.

・The displayed value may be unstable due to frequency fluctuations on theline being measured or due to momentary loss of power.

・If PLL synchronization is lost, the 3166 enters the "PLL unlocked" state, andswitches to the fixed clock for measurement. Note that even in this case, thefrequency measurement is displayed in a range from 40 to 500 Hz. Thevalues obtained during integrated measurement and demand measurementare measured with the fixed clock in the PLL unlocked state. Once the PLLsynchronization stabilizes and the lock is regained, the power meter recoversautomatically.* The PLL synchronization is warning displayed during the PLL unlocked.・A measured value may be displayed when the base frequency of the line

being measured is less than 45 Hz, but that measured value is invalid.・If the line being measured is carrying direct current, accurate measurement

is not possible.

1.4 PLL Synchronization

This power meter is capable of accurate measurement because it uses the PLLsynchronization method, in which digital sampling is conducted insynchronization with the fundamental frequency of the line that is beingmeasured.Keep the following points in mind in order to assure the proper use of thisfeature.

9────────────────────────────────────────────────────

2.1 Basic Operations────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Cursor Key

Chapter 2Key Operations and the

Initial Screen

2.1 Basic Operations

This chapter explains the basic key operations needed in order to takemeasurements and describes the initial screen.

Basic operations

This power meter is operated by using the three types of keys described below.

(1) The cursor key is used to move the cursor in order to select the measurementmode and to select and change settings. Pressing on the up, down, left, andright (▲・▼・・ ) arrow portions of the cursor key moves the cursor in thecorresponding direction on the screen.

Example Selecting a measurement mode

10────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Item Selected by the Cursor

Function Keys

Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desiredmeasurement mode. When a mode is selected with the cursor, that mode ishighlighted.

Press the EXEC. function key.

(2) The Function keys can be used to directly select one of the options for aparticular setting.

Example Setting/changing an item in setting mode

Press the cursor key and move the cursor on the screen to the desiredselection.

Change the setting by selecting one of the options displayed in the Function

keys. The available options displayed in the Function keys vary according tothe item that is being set.

For some settings that have a large number of available options, a selectionwindow will open. In this case, use the cursor key to move the cursor on thescreen to the desired option. When a option is selected with the cursor, thatoption is highlighted. The EXEC. function key is used for setting.

A window also opens for error messages, etc.

11────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Function Enter Key

Special Keys

1p2w 1p3w 3p3w 3p3w3i 3p4w

NOTE

(3) Special keys are used for operations such as selecting the wiring method forthe line being measured, setting the voltage/current range, starting/stoppingmeasurement, printing manually, and saving data manually.

Example Changing the wiring method

The wiring method setting changes each time the WIRING key is pressed.

When using the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (rated AC 100A), operate in the20A-100A range.

12────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Out range 150 V 300 V 600 V

Out range 20 A 50 A 100 A 200 A 500 A

Example Changing the voltage range

The voltage range setting changes each time the iUi key is pressed.

Example Changing the current range

The current range setting changes each time the iiI i key is pressed.

13────────────────────────────────────────────────────

2.2 Screen Configuration────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Window

Status line

Screen Display Example

When using the reactive power meter method

Display hold state

Scaling is set

Automatic output is set（FD auto output, RS-232C automatic output）

Key lock state

PLL unlocked state

Voltage or current is outside of dynamic range

Over-range indication

2.2 Screen Configuration

This power meter uses a window system for ease of operation. The screenconfiguration is basically the same for all modes. Windows open as necessary.Setting conditions, the current status, and warning messages when errorsoccur are also displayed in windows.For details on the organization of all of the screens, including the linksbetween them, refer to item 5 in the Appendices.

14────────────────────────────────────────────────────

2.2 Screen Configuration────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Initial screen

Execute

ReturnExecute

Return

FD

Setup Function setup1/2

Next page

Previous page

Functionsetup 2/2

Return

Execute Execute Execute

Normalmeasurement

Instantaneousvalues

Minimum/maximum

F1

Return Return Return

Check Check CheckNormal measurem-ent setup screen 1/2

Nextpage

Previo-us page

Normal measurem-ent setup screen 2/2

Wiring diagram

Wiring check

Integrated measurem-ent setup screen 1/2

Integratedmeasurement

Screen switching

Instantaneous ValuesMinimum/maximumIntegration 1/2

Integration 2/2

Demandmeasurement

Nextpage

Previo-us page


Wiring diagram

Wiring check

Demand Measurem-ent setup screen 1/2

Demand measurem-ent setup screen 2/2

Nextpage

Previo-us page

Item changing

Wiring diagram

Wiring check

Page changing

11

Instantaneous values

Integrated values

Demand

Daily Report

Weekly Report

Monthly Report

Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/211

Screen Configuration

15────────────────────────────────────────────────────

2.3 Initial Screen────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Initial Screen

2.3 Initial Screen

There are six modes available on the initial screen.

(1) "Normal Measurement" mode

This mode is used to take instantaneous measurements of voltage, current, orpower, and to print out the measured values or save them to floppy disk.

(2) "Integrated Measurement" mode

This mode is used to take integrated power measurements.

(3) "Demand Measurement" mode

This mode is used to continuously take integrated power measurements foreach demand time period (a set time interval).

(4) "Harmonic Measurement" mode (Requires the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSISSOFTWARE, available separately.)

This mode is used to perform harmonic analysis on instantaneousmeasurements of voltage, current, or power.

(5) "Setting" mode

This mode is used to set measurement conditions that are common to all ofthe measurement modes. Note that these settings can be changed on thesetting screen for all of the measurement modes.

16────────────────────────────────────────────────────

2.3 Initial Screen────────────────────────────────────────────────────

(6) "FD" (Floppy Disk) mode (Requires the 9595 FDD UNIT, available separately.)

This mode is used to load setting conditions and measured values that werepreviously saved on floppy disk, to perform file operations, etc.

For details on measurement modes 1 to 4, refer to chapters 5 through 7 and15, respectively. For details on the "setting" mode, refer to chapter 8. Fordetails on the "floppy disk" mode, refer to chapter 14.

17────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

CAUTION This product should be installed and operated indoors only, between 0 and 40℃ and 80% RH or less.

NOTE

Chapter 3Before TakingMeasurements

This chapter explains how to connect the voltage cords, the clamp on sensor,and the power cord, how to turn on the power, and how to execute the self-test.

Before using the unit, make sure that the sheathing on the 9438, 9291, or9298 are not damaged and that no bare wire are exposed. If there is damage,using the unit could cause electric shock. Contact your dealer or HIOKIrepresentative.

18────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Connect voltage cords to the power meter

Connect clamp on sensors to the power meter

Connect power cord to the power meter

Turn on power

Confirm results of self-check

3.1 Flow Chart of Basic Operating Procedure

A flow chart of the basic operating procedure for this power meter is shownbelow.

19────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

DANGER Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, eachinput connectors are not insulated.

Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.

CAUTION ・For safety reasons, the diameter of the voltage input connectors on thepower meter is designed to be slightly smaller than the metal plugs on thevoltage cords. Although the fit is slightly snug when plugging in these cords,be certain to insert the plug all of the way.

・Although the voltage cords are normally plugged directly into the voltageinput connectors on the power meter, use the voltage cord locks that areprovided if it is necessary to assure that the voltage cords do not comeunplugged accidentally. These cord locks are also designed to fit snugly forsafety reasons.

3.2 Connecting the Voltage Cords

Use only the 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with the unit formeasurement. The set of 9438 VOLTAGE CORDS provided with this powermeter consists of one black cord, red cord, yellow cord, and blue cord. Connectthe proper number of cords, depending on the type of line being measured.

(1) Connecting the voltage cords

1. Connect the number of voltage cords that are required in order to measure theline in question to the voltage input connectors on the power meter. Plug eachvoltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Eachconnector number is color coded. Be certain to plug each cord all of the wayinto its connector.

20────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Voltage Cord Connections

Line being measured Input voltage connectors used (color code) Voltage cord used

Single-phase,two-wire

N connector (black) Black cord

No. 1 connector (red) Red cord

Single-phase,three-wire



No. 2 connector (yellow) Yellow cord

Three-phase,three-wire




Three-phase,four-wire




No. 3 connector (blue) Blue cord

2. When disconnecting a voltage cord, grasp both the voltage cord plug and thepower meter, and pull the plug out.

(2) When using the voltage cord locks

1. Install voltage cord locks for each of the voltage cords required for the type ofline being measured.

21────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

9438 VOLTAGE CORD

Voltage cord lock

Voltage Cord Lock Installation

NOTE

2. Connect the voltage cords to the voltage input connectors on the power meterin the same manner as described in step 1 n the previous section. Plug eachvoltage cord into its corresponding numbered voltage input connector. Eachconnector number is color coded. (Be certain to plug each cord all of the wayinto its connector until the voltage cord lock locks.)

3. When disconnecting a voltage cord, squeeze the tabs on both sides of thevoltage cord lock to release the lock and then pull out the plug.

Whenever you are connecting or disconnecting the voltage cords, be certain tograsp the plug, not the cord.

22────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Connecting the Clamp on Sensors

Line being measured Current input connector used (color code)

Single-phase,two-wire measurement

No. 1 connector (red connector)

Single-phase,three-wire measurement


No. 2 connector (yellow connector)

Three-phase, three-wire,two-current measurement



Three-phase, three-wire,three-current measurement



No. 3 connector (blue connector)

Three-phase, four-wiremeasurement



No. 3 connector (blue connector)

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors

Use Hioki’s 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR with this power meter.

(1) Connect only the number of clamp on sensors needed for the type of line beingmeasured.

(2) Align the clamp on sensor connector with the connector guide notch on thecurrent input connector. While pushing the connector in, turn it to the rightto lock it.

23────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.3 Connecting the Clamp on Sensors────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Current connector

Disconnect the Sensor Connector

CAUTION ・A plastic BNC connector is used for the clamp on sensor connector. Whendisconnecting a BNC connector, be sure to release the lock first, then holdthe connector and pull carefully. Using force to pull the connector withoutreleasing the lock, or pulling on the cable instead of the connector maydamage the connector.

・Do not apply current to the clamp on sensor while the clamp on sensor is notconnected to the power meter. Furthermore, do not disconnect the clamp onsensor from the 3166 while in the process of measuring current.

To disconnect the sensor connector, turn it to the left to release the lock andthen pull it out.

24────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.4 Turning On the Power────────────────────────────────────────────────────

WARNING To avoid electric shock and ensure safe operation, connect the powercable to a grounded (3-contact) outlet.

Before turning the product on, make sure the source voltage matchesthat indicated on the product’s power connector. Connection to animproper supply voltage may damage the product and present anelectrical hazard.

CAUTION When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltageinput terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.

Turning Off the Power

Power Supply Inlet

3.4 Turning On the Power

(1) First, connect the power cord. Use the power cord provided with the powermeter.

1. Turn the power switch that is located on the back of the case to the "OFF"position.

2. Connect the power cord to the AC power inlet.The 3166 can handle a supply voltage ranging from 100 V to 240 V (50/60 Hz).

(2) Next, turn on the power.

25────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.4 Turning On the Power────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Self-test Screen

NOTE

NOTE

1. Turn the power switch to the "ON" position.2. As soon as the power is turned on, the power meter executes a self-test, and

displays the title screen.The title screen displays“the product model number, the version number, andthe installed optional units”.After the self-test is completed, the "Initial" screen is displayed. However, ifthe power switch was turned off in one of the measurement modes, the screenfor that measurement mode is displayed.

3. Set the display language.When the power meter is shipped from the factory, "Japanese" is set as thedisplay language.To set the display to "English," press the ENGLISH function key.

When a system reset is executed, "Japanese" is set as the display language.Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key, a system reset isexecuted.(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)

4. Allow the power meter to warm up for at least 30 minutes.

If it is difficult to read the display after turning on the power, press the F1 orF2 key with pressing the ▼ cursor key to adjust the contrast.

26────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.5 Self-test────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.5 Self-test

(1) The 3166 has a backup function that stores settings and measured valuesfrom the last time the unit was used. To begin new measurements, confirmthe settings and then execute a data reset.

(2) If an error is generated during the self-test, perform a system reset, restoringall of the settings to their initial factory settings. The minimum/maximumvalues and integrated measurement values are also initialized to "0".

27────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.6 Attaching the Stand────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Using a Stand

Stand holder

Attaching the Stand

3.6 Attaching the Stand

A stand is included with the 3166 in order to tilt the unit upwards so that it iseasier to view the screen when the unit is to be used on a desktop. Use thestand when needed.

Reference If the 9595 FDD UNIT is to be connected, the stand cannot be used, so removethe stand before attempting to connect the floppy disk drive.

(1) Attaching the stand

1. Attach the two stand holders to the back of the 3166’s case, using the fourscrews provided. Make sure that the holders are facing the right way whenyou attach them.

2. Compress the stand bracket and slide it into the holes in the stand holders.3. The stand bracket locks into place at a right angle to the 3166 and is ready for

use.

28────────────────────────────────────────────────────

3.6 Attaching the Stand────────────────────────────────────────────────────

(2) Removing the stand

1. Compress the stand bracket and slide it out of the holes in the stand holders.2. Remove the four screws holding the stand holders in place. Be careful not to

accidentally remove any other screws.3. Store the stand components together in a safe place for future use.

29────────────────────────────────────────────────────

4.1 Before Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

DANGER This unit cannot be used on voltage lines of 600 Vrms. If the voltageexceeds 600 VAC, there will be a short-circuit accident or electrocutionaccident will result.

CAUTION ・Avoid stepping on or pinching the cable, which could damage the cableinsulation.

・To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnecta sensor while the power is on.

Chapter 4Wiring Methods

4.1 Before Measurement

This chapter explains how to wire the power meter to the line being measured,and how to check for incorrect wiring.

30────────────────────────────────────────────────────

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring────────────────────────────────────────────────────

DANGER Clamp sensor should only be connected to the secondary side of abreaker, so the breaker can prevent an accident if a short circuit occurs.Connections should never be made to the primary side of a breaker,because unrestricted current flow could cause a serious accident if ashort circuit occurs.

If the secondary circuit is accidentally opened while power is flowing tothe CT, extremely high voltage will be generated at the connector on thesecondary side, which could damage the insulation and create a highlydangerous condition. Although this power meter can takemeasurements through the clamp on sensors without opening thesecondary side, whenever you are connecting another meter, be certainto short the secondary side before connecting that meter.

Connect the clamp-on sensors or voltage cords to the product first, andthen to the active lines to be measured. Observe the following to avoidelectric shock and short circuits.

・Do not allow the voltage cable clips to touch two wires at the sametime. Never touch the edge of the metal clips.

・When the clamp sensor is opened, do not allow the metal part of theclamp to touch any exposed metal, or to short between

Voltage input connectors 1 to 3 are common for input connector N, eachinput connectors are not insulated.

Do not connect the unnecessary number of cords.

WARNING To avoid electric shock when measuring live lines, wear appropriateprotective gear, such as insulated rubber gloves, boots and a safetyhelmet.

CAUTION ・In order to prevent electric shock and short-circuit accidents, use thesupplied voltage input cables to connect the line to be measured to thevoltage input terminals.

・When the power is turned off, do not apply voltage or current to the voltageinput terminal, clamp on sensor. Doing so may damage the unit.

4.2 Cautions Concerning Wiring

When connecting the power meter to a live line, be sure to observe thefollowing warnings.

31────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Set the wiring that is suited for the line being measured

Press the CHECK key so that the "wiring" diagram screen is displayed

Press the EXEC. key and check for incorrect wiring

If incorrect wiring is detected, correct it as instructed

Confirm that all wiring has been completed correctly

Wire the power meter to the line being measured according to the wiring diagram

Select the "Setting" mode on the "Initial" screen

Set the frequency of the line being measured

Return to the "Initial" screen, and select the target measurement mode


32────────────────────────────────────────────────────

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Item Selected with the Cursor

Wiring Setting Display

Single-phase, two-wire setting 1p2w

Single-phase, three-wire setting 1p3w

Three-phase, three-wire, two-current setting 3p3w

Three-phase, three-wire, three-current setting 3p3w3i

Three-phase, four-wire setting 3p4w

4.4 Wiring Settings and Wiring Methods

(1) Measurement mode selectionThe following example will assume that "Normal Measurement" is to beselected.

1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."The selected item is highlighted.

2. Press the EXEC. function key.3. The "Measurement Value" screen is displayed.

To return to the initial screen, press the RET. key.4. Press the WIRING key, and set the wiring that is suited for the line being

measured. The wiring setting display is displayed in alternation, press theWIRING key every one time.

(2) Wiring diagram display and wiring

1. Press the CHECK key.2. The "Check" window is displayed.

33────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Check Window

Wiring Diagram Display(Single-phase, Two-wire)

Red

Black

LoadPowersupply

1

N

Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Two-wire)

3. Position the cursor on "Move to Wiring."4. Press the EXEC. function key.5. The "Wiring Check" screen is displayed.

The wiring settings and the wiring diagram are displayed on the screen.

34────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Wiring Diagram Display(Single-phase, Three-wire)　　　

Red

BlackLoad

Yellow

Powersupply

1

N

2

Wiring Diagram (Single-phase, Three-wire)

Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)

Red

LoadPowersupply

Black

Yellow

1

2

3

Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,Three-wire, Two-current Measurement)

35────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Wiring Diagram Display (Three-phase,Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)　

Red

LoadPowersupply

Black

Yellow

1

2

3

Wiring Diagram (Three-phase,Three-wire, Three-current Measurement)

Wiring Diagram Display(Three-phase, Four-wire)　

Red

LoadPowersupply

Blue

Black

Yellow1

2

3

N

Wiring Diagram (Three-phase, Four-wire)　

NOTE

CAUTION ・Although this power meter can by itself measure lines ranging from single-phase, two-wire lines to three-phase, four-wire lines, the channels are notindependent of each other, so this power meter can not be used as threesingle-phase power meters.

・When measuring a three-phase line, connect the wiring so that the phasesequence of the line being measured matches the phase sequence of themeasurement channels of the 3166.

・In order to take accurate measurements, it is essential that the wiring settingand the actual wiring be correct.・Make the wiring settings before pressing the CHECK key.

36────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Load

Power supply

Line being measured

Arrow

Direction of the Clamp on Sensor

NOTE

NOTE

6. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line being measured asindicated in the wiring diagram.Securely clip the voltage cords onto a metallic portion of the electrical wirefrom which the voltage can be read.Clamp the clamp on sensors onto the sheathing of the electrical wire with thearrow on the clamp pointing towards the load in accordance with the voltagechannel.

With the 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, the mark " " is used. When clamping,direct the arrowhead toward the load.

7. After the wiring is completed, perform the incorrect wiring check.Press the RET. function key to return to the measurement screen.

If the CHECK key is pressed while the "Instantaneous Value" screen isdisplayed and the display returns to the "Wiring Check" screen, the currentminimum and maximum values is retained, but if the EXEC. function key ispressed, the data gathered up to that point is cleared.

37────────────────────────────────────────────────────

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION ・Execute this function as needed.・Incorrect wiring will not be detected properly on special types of lines, such

as lines carrying power flows or lines that are used both to power machineryand lighting equipment.

・Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, always set the frequency of theline being measured on the setting screen. (If settings are not made, aincorrect wiring will not be detected properly.)

NOTE

4.5 Checking for Incorrect Wiring

・Cannot be executed during integrated or demand measurement (includingwhile the 3166 is in standby), or while there is any measurement data inmemory. Perform a data reset first, and then execute.・During the check for incorrect wiring, the voltage and current ranges are both

set to "fixed" range.・When measuring a three-phase, three-wire, three-current (3p3w3i), the third

channel of clamp on sensor reversed connection will not be detected.・A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrect

wiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the powerfactor is close to zero. On the Instantaneous Value screen, check the displayedvalue for abnormality.

(1) Operating procedure

1. On the "Wiring Check" screen, press the EXEC. function key.The "Checking Item" window is displayed and the items are checked insequence automatically.

The checking items are automatically selected from among the following,according to the wiring setting.

Voltage input present or notVoltage input level imbalance (for settings other than single-phase, two-wire)Discrimination between single-phase, three-wire line and three-phase,three-wire line (for single-phase, three-wire setting and three-phase, three-wire setting)Phase sequence check (for three-phase settings)Current input present or notClamp on sensor reversed connection

While the checking operation is in progress, the message "Checking" isdisplayed on the screen. The results of each check are displayed as "○" (noincorrect wiring found) and "×" (incorrect wiring found).

38────────────────────────────────────────────────────


End Screen

When Incorrect Wiring Was Found

2. If the checking operation ends with the results for all of the items being"○", the "End" screen is displayed.

3. Press the END function key.4. The check is completed and the "Wiring Check" window is displayed.5. Press the YES key.6. The display returns to the "Measurement Value" screen.

(2) Operation if incorrect wiring was found

An "×" is displayed in the field for the item where the incorrect wiring wasfound, and the checking operation stops temporarily. The keys that areavailable in order to take action in response are displayed in the functionsection.

Pressing the RESTART key in order to start the checking operation from thebeginning.Pressing the ERROR key to displays a description of the wiring error in the"Description" window.Pressing the ITEM key displays the incorrect wiring check items and theresults of the check.Pressing the LINE FIG key to display the wiring diagram screen.Pressing the END key causes the "Check" window to be displayed, askingwhether or not to stop the checking operation.

39────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Explanation Window

1. Press the ERROR key.2. When the "Description" window is displayed, check the details of the wiring

mistake. To return to the "Checking Item" window, press the ITEM key.

3. Correct the connection that is in error.To view the wiring diagram, press the LINE FIG key.If the ERROR key or the ITEM key is pressed while the wiring diagram screenis displayed, the display returns to either the "Description" window or the"Checking Item" window.

4. Press the RESTART key.Automatic checking begins again from the start of the checking items.

5. If incorrect wiring is found again, repeat steps 1 through 3 until the result forall checking items is "○".

6. Press the END key.7. The "Check" window is displayed, asking whether or not to halt the wiring

check.8. Press the YES key,and the display returns to the "Measurement" screen.

(3) Operation in order to halt the wiring checking operation while it is in progress

1. Press the END key.2. The "Check" window appears, asking whether or not to stop the checking

operation.3. Press the YES key.4. The wiring checking operation ends, and the display returns to the

"Measurement" screen.If the NO key was pressed, the wiring checking operation would continue.

40────────────────────────────────────────────────────

4.6 Measuring Ranges────────────────────────────────────────────────────

*Auto-range threshold value

Display range

Valid measurementrange

Auto-range operation↑Increases to the next higher range↓Decreases to the next lower range

Range

Input voltage

Voltage Ranges

Display range

*Auto-range threshold value

Valid measurementrange

Auto-range operation↑Increases to the next

higher range↓Decreases to the next lower

range

Range

Input current

Current Ranges

4.6 Measuring Ranges

The voltage and current ranges current ranges are set by using special voltageand range keys. The setting can be set either automatically (auto-rangefunction) or manually. The display ranges and the valid measurement ranges(the range over which accuracy is guaranteed) for the measurement ranges areas shown below.

41────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

Display:

Display:

Dynamic range overflowThis is displayed if, while a waveform is being input (A/D conversion), theinput goes outside of the range defined by the minimum and maximum values.If this occurs, change the range settings to accommodate the input. However,detected minimum/maximum values are displayed and held for all measuredvalues (even if they exceed 130%f.s. of the range in question) aside fromvalues outside of the dynamic range.

Over rangeThe measured values that are displayed for each voltage, current and powerrange can range from 0.4%f.s. to 130%f.s. The "Over range" message isdisplayed when the measurement value of the input signal exceeds 130%f.s.In this event, change the range setting so that it can accommodate the input.

42────────────────────────────────────────────────────


43────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 5Normal Measurement

In "Normal Measurement" mode, it is possible to measure instantaneousvalues for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure the minimum andmaximum instantaneous values.When taking integrated power measurements or demand measurements,select either "Integrated Measurement" mode or "Demand" mode.This chapter explains the necessary settings for normal measurement; how todisplay instantaneous values, minimum and maximum values, and the time atwhich they were generated; how to save data to floppy disk; and how to printdata on the printer.

44────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.1 Capabilities in Normal Measurement Mode

The following measurement display functions and data processing functionscan be used in normal measurement mode.

●Display (Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations"for details on the items that are displayed.)

(1) Instantaneous value display

(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the timeat which the minimum/maximum value was generated)

●Data processing

(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed manually.

(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskmanually.

(3) When the D/A output connector is installed: Measured values can be convertedfrom digital to analog signals and output (for analog recording).

●External control

(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under thecontrol of external control signals.

(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskunder the control of external control signals.

45────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Select "Normal Measurement" from the initial screen

Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are nowiring errors

Return to the "Measurement" screen

Check the settings

Measure

(Refer to section 4.4,

"Wiring Settings and Methods.")


"Checking for Incorrect Wiring.")

Wire the power meter to the line being measured


46────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.3 Preparations for Measurement────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.3.1 Selecting the Measurement Mode and Checking the Basic

Setting Conditions

Instantaneous Value Measurement Screen

WARNING Before wiring the power meter, read chapter 4, "Wiring Methods," verythoroughly, and then proceed, being careful to avoid electrocution.

NOTE

5.3 Preparations for Measurement

(1) Selecting "Normal Measurement Mode"

1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Normal Measurement."

2. Press the EXEC. function key.

3. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Instantaneous valuemeasurement begins automatically.

(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured

The wiring setting and wiring diagram suited for the line being measured aredisplayed. Connect the voltage cords and clamp on sensors to the line beingmeasured as indicated in the wiring diagram.

When measuring a three-phase line, match the phase sequence of the linesthat are to be measured with the measuring channel numbers of the powermeter.

(3) Checking for incorrect wiringPerform incorrect wiring checks as necessary. (Refer to section 4.5, "Checkingfor Incorrect Wiring.")

47────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Display of Basic Settings

5.3.2 Confirming Settings

Normal Measurement Setting Screen(page 1/2)

(4) Checking the basic setting conditionsThe basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of themeasurement screen.If this settings necessary, the setting can be changed on "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).

Confirm the setting items that are required for normal measurement mode.

1. Press the CHECK key.

2. The "Check" window is displayed.

3. Position the cursor on "Move to Setup" and then press the EXEC. function key.

4. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.The settings for the functions that can be used in normal measurement mode(print/save items, file names, D/A output items) can be confirmed on thisscreen.

48────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Normal Measurement Setting Screen(page 2/2)

5. Press the NEXT function key.

6. The "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed.The settings necessary for measurement are displayed and can be confirmedon this screen.

7. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function keyreturns the display to the "Measurement" screen.For details on how to change the settings, refer to section 5.5, "Changing theSettings."

49────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.4 Taking Measurements────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.4.1 Displaying Instantaneous Values


NOTE

5.4 Taking Measurements

●Screen configuration in "Normal Measurement" mode

"Normal Measurement" mode uses two screens:

・Instantaneous values・Minimum/maximum values

1. Because INSTANT and MIN./MAX. are displayed in alternation for the functionkeys, press the "Instantaneous Value" key.

2. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement ofinstantaneous values starts immediately.

3. Press the DATA RESET key.All saved data on the minimum/maximum instantaneous values, and thetimes at which those values were generated, is cleared (deleted), and replacedwith new data. Press this key to clear the previous data.

The relationship between the minimum and maximum values is shown in thefollowing chart. However, if the data reset is not executed, earlier data is alsodisplayed.

50────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Maximum value

Present

Maximum value

Minimum valueMinimum value

Change ininstantaneous values

Elapsed time

DATA RESET

Minimum/Maximum Values During Normal Measurement

Display Hold

NOTE

4. The items that can be measured (in accordance with the wiring setting) aredisplayed on the screen.

(1) Holding the display of measured values

1. Press the HOLD function key.

2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To releasethe display, press the HOLD key again.

・Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to recordmeasurements internally.・The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To

activate the key lock condition, press the CHECK key and set "Key Lock" toON in the "Check" window. To cancel the key lock condition, press the CHECK

key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.

(2) Leaving "Normal Measurement" mode

1. Press the RET. function key.

2. The "Initial" screen is displayed.

51────────────────────────────────────────────────────


5.4.2 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values

NOTE

Minimum/Maximum Screen

On minimum/maximum valuesThis power meter uses two cycles as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum andmaximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum valuesin all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.

Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, forexample, will be correctly detected.

1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the MIN./MAX. functionkey.

2. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.

3.　If the INSTANT function key is pressed, the display returns to the"Instantaneous Value" screen.

●Displaying the time at which minimum and maximum values weregenerated

1. With the minimum/maximum screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR functionkey.

2. The "Generation Time" window is displayed.

52────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Data reset generation date and time

Minimum value generation date and time

Maximum value generation date and time

Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window

NOTE

5.4.3 Printing Measured Values on the Printer

NOTE

3. Position the cursor on the measurement item for which you wish to see thegeneration time.

4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.

5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.

"Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% ofthe voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (exit minimum andmaximum value)Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, themeasured power value is displayed.

1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the PRINT key.

2. The "measurement values" and "time" that were selected as the print/saveitems are printed.Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the print/save value when thepower meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change theitems that are to be printed, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."

・Different "print/save items" are set for each measurement mode.・Before printing, make sure that the setting for the device connected to the

"RS-232C interface" is "printer," and connect the printer to the power meter.(Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

53────────────────────────────────────────────────────


5.4.4 Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk

NOTE

1. While the measurement screen is displayed, press the SAVE key.

2. The "time" and the "measurement values" that were selected as the "print/save items" are saved under a file name that is assigned automatically.Nothing is selected for the initial setting for the "print/save value" when thepower meter is shipped from the factory. For details on how to change theitems that are to be saved, refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items" andsection 5.5.2, "File Names."

In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDDUNIT must already be connected to the 3166.

54────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.5 Changing the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.5.1 Print/Save Items

Instantaneous

values

Voltage（U1, U2, U3, Uave）

Current（I1, I2, I3, Iave）

Power（P, Q, S, λ, ｆ）

Maximum

values

Voltage（U1, U2, U3）

Current（I1, I2, I3）


Minimum

values




Print/Save Item Settings

5.5 Changing the Settings

The asterisk ("*") is used in this section to indicate initial values (initialsettings when the power meter is shipped from the factory).

●To display the normal setting screen, press the CHECK key in thenormal measurement mode, and move the cursor to the "Move toSetup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC. function key.

●Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 1/2) is displayed

These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or savedon floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible toset items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.Setting range: Set for 9 blocks * All items are "OFF" (selected).

* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which the minimum/maximum was generated.

(1) Position the cursor on an item that is to be set

1. If the cursor is positioned on "All (ALL)", all items can be changed at one time.

2. If the cursor is positioned on "Voltage (VOLT)" and "Instantaneous values(INST.)", the settings in the vertical column and horizontal row can bechanged at one time.

(2) Press the ON , OFF function keys to set each block

55────────────────────────────────────────────────────


5.5.2 File Names

File Name Setting

Example Setting only the maximum values for voltage, current, and power forprinting

Position the cursor on "All (ALL)" in order to set all of the settings to "OFF."Press the OFF function key.All setting items are now displayed as "OFF."This is the initial setting.Position the cursor on "Maximum values (MAX)."Press the ON function key.The settings for the voltage, current, and power in the maximum valuescolumn are all displayed as "ON."If no other items are to be set, press the RET. function key to return to themeasurement screen.

This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, themeasurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurementdata was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.

Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana)or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).

* No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from thefactory.

(1) Setting the file name for the first time

1. Move the cursor to the file name item.

2. Press the CHANGE function key.

3. The "Text Input" window is displayed.

The input cursor is displayed at the first character in the input field, and theselection cursor is displayed in the normal-width character selection area.Up to eight normal-width or four double-width characters can be input. Bothtypes can be used together.Alphanumerics and katakana can be used for the normal-width characters,and kanji, hiragana, and katakana can be used for the double-widthcharacters. JIS level 1 kanji can be used.

56────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Input field

Nornal-width selection field

Double-width selection field

Text Input Window

4. Function key operation

INPUT key: Writes the selected character to the input field. (Valid only when the cursor is in the normal-width or double-width character selection area.) Once the character is input, the input cursor automatically moves to the next character.BS key: Move the input cursor back one character from its current position. (Normally valid.) This key is used to delete a character that was input.CHANGE key: Switches the cursor between the input field, the normal- width character selection area, and the double-width character selection area.ENTER key: Registers the file name that was input as the new file name, and returns the display to the "Setting" screen.

Example Input "MODELA1" for the file name

Using the cursor key, move the selection cursor to the "M" in the normal-widthcharacter selection area.Press the INPUT function key. An "M" appears in the input field.Move the selection cursor to "O" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "D" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "E" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "L" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "A" and press the INPUT key.Move the selection cursor to "1" and press the INPUT key.The name "MODELA1" is now displayed in the input field.Press the ENTER function key. The "Text Input" window closes, and"MODELA1" is set as the file name and is displayed in the "File Name" fieldin the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).

57────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Text Input

NOTE

(2) Partially changing the file name from "MODELA1" to "MODELA3"

1. Press the CHANGE function key to open the "Text Input" window.

2. Press the CHANGE function key twice to move the selection cursor to the inputfield and then position the input cursor in the space after the "1" in"MODELA1".

3. Press the BS function key, deleting the character "1".

4. Press the CHANGE function key, move the selection cursor to the normal-widthcharacter selection area and position it on the character "3".

5. Press the INPUT function key.Confirm that the input field has been changed to "MODELA3".

6. Press the ENTER function key.

7. The "Text Input" window closes, and "MODELA3" is set as the file name andis displayed in the "File Name" field.

(3) Closing the just-opened "Text Input" window without changing the file name

1. Press the ENTER function key.

2. The same file name as before is set and is displayed in the "File Name" field.

・When performing normal measurement, if any settings other than "D/Aoutput items," "backlight," "contrast," or "buzzer" are changed but anew filename is not set, the data is saved under a file name that is generatedautomatically.・If no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automatically

and the setting conditions are saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallestnumber that is still available.・Up to eight normal-width (alphanumerics and katakana) or four double-width

characters (kanji, hiragana, and katakana) can be used in file names. JISlevel 1 kanji can be used.・Although measurement data that has been saved can be output directly to a

printer.・In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD

UNIT must be connected to the power meter.

58────────────────────────────────────────────────────


5.5.3 D/A Output Items

D/A Output Item Settings

D/A Output Items Setting Window

NOTE

Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.The output voltage is DC±5 V/f.s.

* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:λ

Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), activepower (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor(λ),and frequency (f)

Example Setting the frequency (f) for output channel ch2:

Assume that the current settings are the factory settings: ch1:U1, ch2:I1,ch3:P, ch4:(λ).

Position the cursor at "ch2" for "D/A output items".Press the CHANGE function key.The "Output Items" window appears.Pressing the CLOSE key returns the display to the "Normal MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2).Position the cursor at "f" (frequency).Press the ENTER function key.The "Output Items" window closes, and "f" is set and is displayed in the "ch2"field on the "Normal Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).

・Regarding the output response, during measurement at 50/60 Hz, the outputis updated every two cycles (50 Hz: approximately 40 ms; 60 Hz:approximately 34 ms); during measurement at 400Hz, the output is updatedevery 16 cycles (approximately 40ms).・When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed

in the power meter.

59────────────────────────────────────────────────────


5.5.4 Other Items (Common With the Setting Mode)

NOTE

●Items that can be changed when the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) is displayed

If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) is displayed

Items that are set on the "Normal Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) canbe set or changed in the setting mode. For details on how to make thesesettings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."

(1) Reactive power measurement method

(2) Sampling method

(3) PLL sync/frequency source

(4) Frequency of the line being measured

(5) Display averaging times

(6) PT

(7) CT

(8) Backlight

(9) Contrast

(10) Key beep

60────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.6 Printing Out the Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

5.6 Printing Out the Settings

Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.

・Before printing, be sure to set the printer as the device connected to the RS-232C interface, and connect the printer to the power meter’s RS-232Cconnector. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")・If the printer is not set as the device connected to the RS-232C interface,

nothing happens when the PRINT key is pressed.

61────────────────────────────────────────────────────

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

5.7 Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk

Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "NormalMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be saved to floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Normal Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for the setting mode and for each measurement mode.

1. Press the SAVE key.

2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX".Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer tosection 14.7.2, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")

・A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditionsare saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses thesmallest number that is still available.・Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents

saved in each file. File names can be changed in FD mode.・In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD


62────────────────────────────────────────────────────


63────────────────────────────────────────────────────

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 6Integrated Measurement

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode

In "Integrated Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to measureinstantaneous values for voltage, current, power, etc., and to measure theminimum and maximum instantaneous values, integrated powermeasurements are also possible.When taking demand measurements, select "Demand" mode.This chapter explains the necessary settings for integrated measurement, howto display various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk orprint it on the printer.

Reference If "Integrated Measurement" mode is used, the measurements taken in"Normal Measurement" mode are included as well. It is also possible totake integrated measurements, adding the measurements to theintegrated values from previous measurements.

The following measurement display functions and data processing functionscan be used in integrated measurement mode.



(2) Instantaneous value minimum/maximum display (including display of the timeat which the minimum/maximum value was generated)

(3) Integrated value display

1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integrationconsumption and average value)

2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about powerintegration, such as power consumption/regeneration)

64────────────────────────────────────────────────────

6.1 Capabilities in Integrated Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

●Data processing

(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically ormanually.

(2) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskautomatically or manually.


●External control

(1) Integration can be started/stopped under the control of external controlsignals.

(2) Integrated value data can be reset under the control of external controlsignals.

(3) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under thecontrol of external control signals.

(4) When a FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskunder the control of external control signals.

65────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Select "Integrated Measurement" from the initial screen

Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no

wiring errors

Return to the "Instantaneous Value" screen

Check the settings

Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,

such as integration start/stop and the integration time







Press the START/STOP key to start integrated

measurement


66────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Setting Conditions


NOTE


NOTE


(1) Selecting "Integrated Measurement Mode"

1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Integrated Measurement."



Integrated measurement has not started yet.

(2) Wiring the power meter to the line being measured



67────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

NOTE


6.3.2 Special Settings for Integrated Measurement


A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrectwiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the powerfactor is close to zero.

(4) Checking the basic setting conditionsThe basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of themeasurement screen.If this setting necessary, the setting can be changed on the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).

Before starting the measurement process, open the integrated measurementsetting screen and make settings for the start/stop of integration, theintegration time, measurement data processing, etc.For details on the setting methods, refer to section 6.5, "Changing Settings."

(1) Opening the integrated measurement settings screen


2. The "Check" screen is displayed.


4. The " Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

68────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Integrated Measurement Settings Screen（page 1/2）

(2) Necessary settings for integrated measurement

1. Integration start method

2. Start time

3. Integration stop method

4. Stop time

(3) Setting the functions that can be used

1. Output interval time

2. Print/Save items

3. FD auto output

4. File name

5. RS-232C automatic output

6. D/A output Items

7. Integrated output rate

(4) Basic settings screen


2. The "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. Thebasic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and canbe set and checked on this screen as well.Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "NormalMeasurement" mode and "Demand Measurement" mode.

3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function keyreturns the display to the "Measurement" screen.

69────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Integrated Measurement Settings Screen（page 2/2）

NOTE

Preparations for measurement are now complete.

The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, orwhile measured values are being held. After measurement has beencompleted, however, the print/save items (only) can be changed. In this case,additional integration is not longer possible.

70────────────────────────────────────────────────────


6.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range

DATA RESET key

Executing a DATA RESET

NOTE

NOTE


(1) Clearing measurement dataBefore beginning integrated measurement, press the DATA RESET key to clearthe integrated value and minimum/maximum values for the measurementdata from the last measurement operation.If the measurement data is not cleared, the data from the current measurementwill be added to that from the previous measurement.

The measurement data stored in memory at the moment that the DATA RESET

key is pressed is cleared to zero. However, detection of the integrated valueand minimum/maximum values does not occur until the integration operationis started.

(2) Setting the rangeThe measurement range is fixed while the integration operation is in progress.Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integratedmeasurement.

・When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key ispressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any inputthat is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the integration operationis completed, the measurement range setting does not return to "Auto range."・If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in

standby before the start of integrated measurement but after the data hasbeen cleared, that value is not retained.

71────────────────────────────────────────────────────


6.4.2 Starting Integrated Measurement

Integration in Progress Screen

Standby Screen

The start of integration operation for each start method setting is describedbelow.

(1) When integration start is set to "Manual"

1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data (unlessperforming additional integration).

2. Once the START/STOP key is pressed, the integration operation beginsimmediately.While the integration operation is under way, the message "Integration inprogress" is displayed in the upper left corner of the screen.In addition, the integration start and stop times, etc., are displayed at thebottom of the integrated value screen.

(2) When integration start is set to "Automatic"

1. Press the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.

2. Press the START/STOP key.The power meter enters the standby state until the preset start time arrives;once the start time arrives, the power meter begins the integration operation.

Reference If the preset start time has already passed, the integration operation does notbegin.

While the power meter is in standby, the message "Waiting" is displayed onthe screen; once the integration operation starts, the message changes to"Integrating."

72────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

6.4.3 Stopping Integrated Measurement

NOTE

・Once the START/STOP key is pressed, it is no longer possible to change themeasurement range or the contents of the settings, or to reset the data.To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key againto stop the integration operation.・The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To



The end of integration operation for each stop method setting is describedbelow.

(1) When integration stop is set to "Manual"

The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.

(2) When integration stop is set to "Timer"

The integration operation stops automatically after the period of time set asthe integration time.

(3) When integration stop is set to "Time specification"

The integration operation stops automatically at the date and time specified asthe stop time.

(4) When forcibly stopping while in integration standby or while integration is inprogress

The integration operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key is pressed.The integration operation is forcibly stopped, regardless of whether integrationstop is set to "time specification" or "timer."

・When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stopintegration either manually or forcibly.・To display the instantaneous value, maximum/minimum value, or integrated

value measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select thedesired screen from the "Display Selection" window.・Integration data is retained as long as the DATA RESET key is not pressed.・Additional integration is possible when "Manual" is set for the integration

start method and "Manual" or "Timer" is set for the integration stop method.・As long as the integration operation is not stopped, it is not possible to enter

other modes, such as"Normal Measurement or Demand Measurement."

73────────────────────────────────────────────────────




NOTE

NOTE

●Screen configuration in "Integrated Measurement" mode

"Normal Measurement" mode uses four screens:・ Instantaneous values・ Minimum/maximum values・ Integration 1/2 (basic)・ Integration 2/2 (detailed)

(1) In integrated measurement mode

1. Press the SCR.KEY function key.

2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.

3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."

4. Press the DETERM function key.

5. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement ofinstantaneous values starts automatically.



2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To releasethe display, press the HOLD key again.Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to recordmeasurements internally.

(3) Leaving "Integrated Measurement" mode

1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)


3. The "Initial" screen is displayed.If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement is in progress or afterintegrated measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the displaydoes not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate integrated measurement andpress the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key. The messagedisappears when any of these keys is pressed.

74────────────────────────────────────────────────────


6.4.5 Displaying Minimum/Maximum Values

NOTE

Display Selection Window

Minimum/Maximum Screen

Note on minimum/maximum valuesThis power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycleswhen measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, the minimum andmaximum values are displayed by finding the minimum and maximum valuesin all of the sample values that are being continuously measured.Therefore, even transient input waveforms generated by a power spike, forexample, will be correctly detected.

1. With the "Instantaneous Value" screen displayed, press the SCR.KEY functionkey.

2. The "Display Selection" window appears.

3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."


5 .The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.

75────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Data reset generation date and time

Minimum value generation date and time

Maximum value generation date and time

Minimum/Maximum Value Generation Time Window

NOTE

6.4.6 Displaying Integrated Values


1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR functionkey.



4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.

5. If the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum"screen.

About "Over range""Over range" is defined to mean that the measured value exceeded 130% ofthe voltage or current range, and is indicated by "o.r." (except minimum andmaximum values)Although the over range indication is made when the measured power exceeds130% of the rated range, if the voltage and current measurements both exceed130% of their respective ranges but the power measurement does not, themeasured power value is displayed.

There are two integrated value display screens."Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning powerconsumption."Integration" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.

(1) Displaying the "Integration" screen (page 1/2)



3. Position the cursor at "Integration 1/2 (INTEG.1/2)."

76────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Active power integration(during consumption)

Average valuewithin a time period

Integration time

Integration Screen (page 1/2)

Reactive power integration

Apparent power integration(consumption,regeneration,addition)

Active power integration(consumption,regeneration,addition)

Integration Screen (page 2/2)(When not using the reactive power meter method)


5. The "Integration" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.




3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (INTEG.2/2)."



77────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Apparent power integration

Reactive powerIntegration(lag,lead,total)

Active power integration(consumption,regeneration,addition)

Integration Screen (page 2/2)(When using the reactive power meter method)

NOTE

Elapsed time

Instantaneous value

Change in instantaneousvalue

Integration time

Minimum valueAverage value over time

Maximum value

Integration start Integration stop

Display Values for Integrated Measurement

If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"screen is displayed.

The relationship between minimum/maximum values and the average value isshown in the figure. In the case of interval output, the average value isobtained from values from the integration start to the interval output. Theminimum and maximum values are also obtained from values from theintegration start to the interval output. However, if a data reset was notperformed before the start of integration, the displayed data will include thedata from the previous integration operation.

Reference The procedures for printing the measured values on a printer or for savingthem on floppy disk are the same as in "Normal Measurement" mode. Referto section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on the Printer," and section 5.4.4,"Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."

78────────────────────────────────────────────────────

6.5 Changing Settings────────────────────────────────────────────────────

6.5.1 Integration Start Method

Integration Start Method Setting

6.5.2 Start Time

NOTE

6.5 Changing Settings


●To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press theCHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.function key.

●Items that can be changed when the "Integrated MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed

This item sets the integrated measurement start method.If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is started by using the START/STOP keyor in response to external control signal input. If "SET－TIME" is selected,integration can be started at any specified date and time.

Options: MANUAL/SET－TIME * MANUAL

Example Starting integration by time specification

Position the cursor at "Integration Start method (INTEG.START)."Press the SET－TIME function key."SET－TIME" is set and is displayed in the "Integration start method" field.If integration is to be started manually, press the MANUAL function key.

This item sets the starting date and time for integration when "SET－TIME" isset for the integrated measurement start method.Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time) * 1997/01/01 00:00

・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:57.・If a time in the past is specified, integrated measurement operation does not

begin.・When "MANUAL" is set for the integrated measurement start method, the

start time is not displayed.

79────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Start Time Setting

6.5.3 Integration Stop Method

Integration Stop Method

Example Setting the start time to January 7, 1997, 8:30 a.m.

Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "1997/01/01 00:00".

Position the cursor at "Start time (START TIME)." The cursor will appear atthe first digit in the "year" field.Position the cursor at the one’s digit in the "day" field.Using the ＋ and － "function keys, set the digit to "7".Position the cursor at the one’s digit in the "hours" field.Using the ＋ and － function keys, set the digit to "8".Position the cursor at the ten’s digit in the "minutes" field.Using the ＋ and － function keys, set the digit to "30".The start time is now set to "1997/01/07 08:30".Before the start of integration, confirm that the time displayed in the upperright corner of the setting screen is the actual time. If the time is incorrect,correct the power meter’s clock setting.

This item sets the integrated measurement stop method.If "MANUAL" is selected, integration is stopped by using the START/STOP keyor in response to external control signal input. If "SET－TIME" is selected,integration can be stopped at any specified date and time.If "TIMER" is selected, integrated measurement stops once the specifiedintegration time has elapsed since the start of measurement.

Options: SET－TIME/TIMER/MANUAL *MANUAL

Example Stopping integration with the timer

Position the cursor at "Integration stop method(INTEG.STOP)."Press the TIMER function key."Timer" is set and is displayed in the "Integration stop method" field.If integration is to be stopped at a specified time, press the SET－TIME functionkey.If integration is to be stopped manually, press the MANUAL function key.

80────────────────────────────────────────────────────


6.5.4 Stop Time

Stop Time Setting

Integration Time Setting

NOTE

6.5.5 Output Interval Time

Output Interval Time Setting

This item sets the stopping date and time for integration when "SET -TIME" isset for the integrated measurement stop method.Note that if the integrated measurement stop method is set to "TIMER" thisitem changes to the integration time.Note that if the setting for the integrated measurement stop method is"MANUAL" this item has no effect.

Setting formatYYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time)

* 1997/01/01 00:02

Timer setting range"0000hours, 00minutes, 10seconds" to"1000hours, 00minutes, 00seconds"(in 10-second steps)* 0000 hours, 01 minutes,00 seconds

・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:59.・A time that is earlier than the integrated measurement start time cannot be

set.

Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the samemanner for "Start Time."

The measurement data can be printed out or saved to floppy disk at the setoutput interval.This interval is valid only when the FD auto output setting or the RS-232Cauto output setting is "ON."

Setting range2minutes to 1000hours* 0000hours and 30minutes

Details on the specific method for setting can also be executed in the samemanner for "Start Time."

81────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Instantaneousvalues




Maximumvalues




Minimumvalues




Powerintegration

Active power（＋WP, －WP, ΣWP）

Reactive power（＋WQ, －WQ, ΣWQ）

Apparent power（＋WS, －WS, ΣWS）

Average valuewithin a timeperiod

Power（P, Q, S, λ）


NOTE

These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or savedon floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible toset items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.Setting range: Set for 11 blocks * Only the item of power integration is "ON."

* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which theminimum/maximum was generated.

To output the minimum/maximum values,power integration, average value within atime period for output interval time, usethe demand measurement mode.

Average value within a time:Integrated average values within a timeperiod, based on the power integration.

・For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer tosection 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."・The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic

operation.・The items that are output differ, depending on whether the power integration

is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.・If the cursor is positioned on "All", all items excluding power integration and

average value within a time period can be changed at one time.

82────────────────────────────────────────────────────


6.5.7 FD Auto Output

FD Auto Output Setting

NOTE

Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set forthe "Output interval."

Options: ON/OFF * OFF

Example With an FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurement data ona floppy disk

Position the cursor at "FD auto output(FD AUTO SAVE)."Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed and set in the "FD auto output" field.

・When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD Unit must already be connected tothe 3166.・If additional integration is performed when this setting is "YES", all data is

saved to the same file.

83────────────────────────────────────────────────────


6.5.8 File Names

File Name Setting

NOTE

6.5.9 RS-232C Automatic Output

NOTE

This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, themeasurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurementdata was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics, katakana) or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana). * No file name is set when the power meter is shipped from the factory.

For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section5.5.2, "File Names."

Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The timeinterval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the"Output interval time."Options: ON/OFF * OFF

Example With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data

Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)."Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.

When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. Inaddition, the setting for the device connected to the "RS-232C interface" mustbe "PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

84────────────────────────────────────────────────────




NOTE

6.5.11 Integrated Output Rate

Integrated Output Rate Setting

Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.The output voltage is DC±5 V/f.s.* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:λSetting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3, Uave), current (I1, I2, I3, Iave), active power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor (λ), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP, -WP, ΣWP)

・For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer tosection 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."・When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed

in the power meter.・The output response depends on the display update rate.・If fast response is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.

This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values(active power integration).Output is generated by ±5 V DC versus the full scale for the powerintegration that was set.Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW, 5 V/500 kW, 5 V/1 MW * 5 V/5 kW

85────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

Elapsed time

Integrated power

* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase

Integration start

Integrated Output Waveform Example

Example Setting the output rate to 5 V/50 kWh

Position the cursor at "Integrated output rate (INTEG. OUT RATE)."Press the CHANGE function key.The "Integrated Output Rate" window is displayed.If the CLOSE key is pressed, the display returns to the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2).Position the cursor at "5 V/50 kW".Press the SET function key.The "Integrated Output Rate" window closes, and "5 V/50 kWh" is set and isdisplayed in the integrated output rate field on the "Integrated MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2).

・Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. Inorder to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.・If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting

the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level isrecorded as a sawtooth wave.)

86────────────────────────────────────────────────────



NOTE

●Items that can be changed when the "Integrated MeasurementSettings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed

If the NEXT function key is pressed, the "Integrated Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2) is displayed

Items that are set on the "Integrated Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make thesesettings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."

(1) Reactive power measurement method(2) Sampling method(3) PLL sync/frequency source(4) Frequency of the line being measured(5) Display averaging times(6) PT(7) CT(8) Backlight(9) Contrast

(10) Key beep

87────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.



88────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "IntegratedMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be saved to floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Integrated Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.

・For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings toFloppy Disk."・Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to

section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")

89────────────────────────────────────────────────────

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 7Demand Measurement

7.1 Capabilities in Demand Measurement Mode

In "Demand Measurement" mode, in addition to being able to take the samemeasurements as are available in "Integrated Measurement" mode, it is alsopossible to perform demand measurements in which integrated measurementsare repeated at a time interval that is ideal for power management.This chapter explains the necessary settings for demand measurement, how todisplay various measured values, and how to save data to floppy disk or printit on the printer.

Reference When using "Demand Measurement" mode, the "Normal Measurement" and"Integrated Measurement" mode measurements are also included.

The following measurement display functions and data processing functionscan be used in Demand Measurement mode.



(2) Integrated value display

1. Integrated value display screen (page 1/2) (displays power integrationconsumption average value, and maximum demand value)

2. Integrated value display screen (page 2/2) (displays details about powerintegration, such as power consumption/regeneration)

3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during theintegration period)

90────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

(3) Demand Display (displays demand results from the previous demand periodduring the current measurement operation)

1. Demand screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption], andaverage value)

2. Demand screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, such aspower consumption/regeneration)

3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the demandperiod)

(4) Daily Report Display (displays demand results for a one-day (24-hour) periodsince the start of demand measurement)

1. Daily Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)

2. Daily report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, suchas power consumption/regeneration)

3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the dailyreport period)

(5) Weekly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-week (seven-day)period since the start of demand measurement)

1. Weekly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)

2. Weekly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration, suchas power consumption/regeneration)

3. Instantaneous Value Minimum/Maximum screen (values during the weeklyreport period)

(6) Monthly Report Display (displays demand results for a one-month period(ending on the same numbered day of the next month) since the start ofdemand measurement)

1. Monthly Report screen (page 1/2) (displays power integration [consumption],average value, maximum demand value, and load factor)

2. Monthly report screen (page 2/2) (displays details about power integration,such as power consumption/regeneration)

3. Instantaneous Value Maximum/Minimum screen (values during the monthlyreport period)

The measured values for items 3 through 6 above show the measured resultsfor the interval period to the current measurement interval.

91────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

●Data processing

(1) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed automatically ormanually.

(2) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskautomatically or manually.


●Remote control

(1) Integration can be started under the control of remote control signals.

(2) When a printer is connected: Measured values can be printed under thecontrol of remote control signals.

(3) When an FDD unit is connected: Measured values can be saved to floppy diskunder the control of remote control signals.

92────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Select "Demand Measurement" from the initial screen

Check for incorrect wiring and confirm that there are no

wiring errors


Check the settings

Make special settings needed for integrated measurement,

such as integration start/stop and the integration time







Press the START/STOP key to start integrated

measurement


The basic operating methods are the same as for "Integrated Measurement"mode.

93────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A


Setting Conditions


NOTE


NOTE


(1) Selecting "Demand Measurement" mode

1. On the initial screen, move the cursor to "Demand Measurement."



Demand measurement has not started yet.

(2) Wiring the power meter to the line to be measured



94────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


7.3.2 Special Settings for Demand Measurement


A incorrect wiring may not be detected properly if more than one incorrectwiring occurs at once; if the voltage and current levels are low; or if the powerfactor is close to zero.

(4) Checking the basic setting conditionsThe basic settings (wiring, voltage range, current range, measurement method,source, and line frequency) are displayed in the lower right corner of themeasurement screen.If this setting necessary, the settings screen. Change the setting on the"Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2).

Before starting the measurement process, open the demand measurementsetting screen and make settings for the start/stop of demand measurement,the demand time, measurement data processing, etc.For details on the setting methods, refer to section 7.5, "Changing Settings."

(1) Opening the demand measurement settings screen


2. The "Check" window is displayed.


4. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.

95────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Demand Measurement Settings (page 1/2)

(2) Necessary settings for demand measurement

1. Start time

2. Stop time

3. Demand period

4. Transformer capacity

(3) Setting the functions that can be used

1. Print/Save items

2. FD auto output

3. File name

4. RS-232C automatic output

5. D/A Output Items

6. Integrated output rate

(4) Basic settings screen


2. The "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed. Thebasic settings required for measurement are displayed on this screen, and canbe set and checked on this screen as well.Note that the settings on this screen are common to both "NormalMeasurement" mode and "Integrated Measurement" mode.

3. Pressing the PREVIOUS function key returns the display to the "DemandMeasurement Settings" screen (page 1/2). Pressing the RET. function keyreturns the display to the "Instantaneous Value" screen.

96────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Demand Measurement Settings (page 2/2)

NOTE

Preparations for measurement are now complete.

The settings cannot be changed during measurement (including while the3166 is in the standby state), while there is measurement data in memory, orwhile measured values are being held. After measurement has beencompleted (including while the 3166 is in standby mode), however, theprint/save items (only) can be changed.

97────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.1 Clearing Measurement Data and Setting the Range

NOTE

NOTE


(1) Clearing measurement dataPress the DATA RESET key to clear all of the measurement data.

Detection of the integrated value and minimum/maximum values does notoccur until the demand measurement operation is started.

(2) Setting the rangeThe measurement range is fixed while the demand measurement operation isin progress.Set a suitable voltage/current range (fixed range) before starting integratedmeasurement.

・When "Auto" is set for the measurement range:The measurement range is fixed at the moment that the START/STOP key ispressed. Note that correct measurement is impossible if there is any inputthat is outside of the fixed range that was set. Once the demandmeasurement operation is completed, the measurement range setting does notreturn to "Auto."・If a minimum or maximum value is generated while the power meter is in

standby before the start of demand measurement, that value is not retained.

98────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.2 Starting Demand Measurement

Demand Measurement in Progress Screen

Demand Measurement Standby Screen

NOTE

The demand measurement operation start at the set date and time.

Press the START/STOP key.The power meter enters thestandby state until the presetstart time arrives; once the starttime arrives, the power meterbegins the demand measurementoperation.

While the power meter is instandby, the message "Waiting" isdisplayed on the screen; once thedemand measurement operationstarts, the message changes to"Demanding ."

Reference If the preset start time has already passed, the demand measurementoperation does not begin.

・Once the START/STOP key is pressed and demand measurement is initiated, itis no longer possible to change the measurement range or the contents of thesettings.To change the settings, it is necessary to first press the START/STOP key againto stop the demand measurement operation.・The key lock function can be used when necessary to prevent misoperation. To



99────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.3 Stopping Demand Measurement

NOTE

NOTE

NOTE

In the case of demand measurement, integration measurement is repeatedeach demand period. If demand measurement is forcibly stopped while it is inprogress, the current demand data is retained.

The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the set time.

(1) When demand measurement stop is set to "Time specification"

The demand measurement operation stops automatically at the date and timespecified as the stop time.

(2) When forcibly stopping while in demand measurement standby or while thedemand measurement operation is in progress

The demand measurement operation stops as soon as the START/STOP key ispressed.

1. Press the START/STOP key.

2. Because the "End Check" window opens, press the "YES" function key.

3. The demand measurement operation is forcibly stopped.

・When using the key lock function, cancel the key lock function and then stopintegration either manually or forcibly. To cancel the key lock condition, pressthe CHECK key and set "Key Lock" to OFF.・In the standby mode, the demand measurement standby stops as soon as the

START/STOP key is pressed.

(3) Resuming demand measurement after a forcible stop

1. Before the start timePress the START/STOP key. Measurement resumes, and "Waiting" is displayedon the screen.

2. After the start time has passedPress the DATA RESET key,reset the start time to a future time, and thenpress the START/STOP key.

・If there are any measured values in memory, press the Data Reset key toclear them first.・To display the instantaneous value, the integrated value, or demand value

measurement data, press the SCR.KEY function key, and then select thedesired screen from the "Display Selection" window.・Demand data is retained as long as the START/STOP key is not pressed.・As long as the demand measurement operation is not stopped, it is not

possible to enter other modes, such as normal measurement or integratedmeasurement.

100────────────────────────────────────────────────────




●Screen configuration in "Demand Measurement" mode

"Demand Measurement" mode uses six screens:

・ Instantaneous values・ Integrated values・ Demand values・ Daily reports・ Weekly reports・ Monthly reports

Note that, except for the "Instantaneous values" screen, all screens includemaximum/minimum screens. Use the PAGE NO. key to select.

(1) In demand measurement mode


2. The "Display Selection" window is displayed.

3. Position the cursor at "Instantaneous value (INSTANT)."


5. The "Instantaneous Value" screen is displayed. Measurement ofinstantaneous values starts automatically.

101────────────────────────────────────────────────────



NOTE

NOTE



2. The H mark is displayed on the status line, and the display is held. To releasethe display, press the HOLD key again.

・Even if the displayed values are held, the power meter continues to recordmeasurements internally.・In the standby mode, the key lock function is cancelled by pressing the

START/STOP key.

(3) Leaving "Demand Measurement" mode

1. Press the DATA RESET key. (The measurement data is cleared.)


3. The "Initial" screen is displayed.

If the RET. key is pressed while demand measurement is in progress or afterdemand measurement is complete, a message is displayed, and the displaydoes not return to the Initial Screen. Terminate demand measurement andpress the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

102────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.5 Displaying Integrated Values

Load factor Usage factor

Average value within a time periodand maximum demand value


The screen that displays the integrated values shows the measurement resultsfrom the start of demand measurement until the elapsed measurement time.This display consists of the following three screens:"Integration" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and the maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Integration" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values from the start of demand measurement until the elapsedmeasurement time.




3. Position the cursor at "Integration (INTEG.)."


5. Press the PAGE NO. function key and position the cursor on "Integration 1/2(Integ.1/2)."



●Displaying the time at which a maximum demand value wasgenerated

1. Press the TIME OCCR function key.



103────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Integration Minimum/Maximum Screen

4. The time at which the item specified by the cursor was generated is displayed.When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Integration" screen (page 1/2).

The maximum demand values are not displayed until the initial demandmeasurement time elapses. Furthermore, the displayed values do not includemeasured values from the current demand period.


1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.


3. Position the cursor at "Integration 2/2 (Integ.2/2)."



(3) Displaying the "Minimum/Maximum" screen

1. Press the PAGE NO. function key.


3. Position the cursor at "Minimum/Maximum (MIN./MAX.)."


5. The "Minimum/Maximum" screen is displayed.

104────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

Power integration duringdemand period

Instantaneous value

Demand measurement period

Demand period

Average valueduringintegration period

Change ininstantaneousvalue

Elapsed time

Average valueduring demandperiod

Maximum demand value

Demand measurement start Demand measurement end

Display Values for Demand Measurement


1. With the "Minimum/Maximum" screen displayed, press the TIME OCCR functionkey.



4. The generation time is displayed for the item specified by the cursor.When the CLOSE function key is pressed, the "Generation Time" window closesand the display returns to the "Minimum/Maximum" screen.

The relationship between the average value and the maximum demand valuewithin each period is shown in the following figure. Note that at the start ofdemand measurement, a data reset is performed automatically.Assuming time "n" as the present in the figure, the data "n-1" is displayed asthe demand value. In addition, the integrated data from the start ofmeasurement to the "present" is displayed as the integrated value.

105────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.6 Displaying Demand Values

NOTE

Demand Screen (page 1/2)

The screen that displays the demand values shows the measurement resultsfor power levels, etc., for each demand period.The measurement results that are displayed on the demand display screen arethe results for the demand measurement period preceding the current demandmeasurement period.

・Measurement results are not displayed until the first demand measurementperiod passes.・Once the current demand measurement period passes, the old demand data is

cleared and replaced with the new demand data.・Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of

demand data.

This display consists of the following three screens:"Demand" screen page 1/2 displays measured values concerning powerconsumption."Demand" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning power flows,such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for each demand period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."

(1) Displaying the "Demand" screen (page 1/2)

106────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Demand Screen (page 2/2)

Demand Minimum/Maximum Screen

7.4.7 Displaying a Daily Report

NOTE



The screen that displays the daily report shows the measurement results for aone-day (24-hour) period since the demand start time

・Measurement results are not displayed until at least one day of the demandmeasurement period has passed.・Once the current one-day period passes, the old demand data is cleared and

replaced with the new demand data.・Use automatic output to a printer or floppy disk in order to keep a record of

daily report data.

107────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Daily Report Screen (page 1/2)

Daily Report Screen (page 2/2)

Daily Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

This display consists of the following three screens:"Daily Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Daily Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for a one-day period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."

(1) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 1/2)

(2) Displaying the "Daily Report" screen (page 2/2)

(3) Displaying the "Maximum/Minimum" screen

108────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.8 Displaying Weekly Reports

NOTE

Weekly Report Screen (page 1/2)

The screen that displays the weekly report shows the measurement results fora one-week (7-day) period since the demand start time.

・Measurement results are not displayed until at least one week of the demandmeasurement period has passed.・Once the current one-week period passes, the old demand data is cleared and


weekly report data.

This display consists of the following three screens:"Weekly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Weekly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for a one-week period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."

(1) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 1/2)

109────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Weekly Report Screen (page 2/2)

Weekly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

(2) Displaying the "Weekly Report" screen (page 2/2)


110────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.4.9 Displaying Monthly Reports

NOTE

Monthly Report Screen (page 1/2)

The screen that displays the monthly report shows the measurement resultsfor a one-month period (ending on the same numbered day of the next month)since the demand start time.

・Measurement results are not displayed until at least one month of thedemand measurement period has passed.・Once the current one-month period passes, the old demand data is cleared and


monthly report data.

This display consists of the following three screens:"Monthly Report" screen page 1/2 displays measured values and maximumdemand values concerning power consumption."Monthly Report" screen page 2/2 displays measured values concerning powerflows, such as consumption/regeneration.The "Minimum/Maximum Values" screen displays the minimum/maximuminstantaneous values for a one-month period.Select each screen in the same manner as described in section 7.4.5,"Displaying Integrated Values."

(1) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 1/2)

111────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Monthly Report Screen (page 2/2)

Monthly Report Minimum/Maximum Screen

(2) Displaying the "Monthly Report" screen (page 2/2)


If the RET. function key is pressed after the data has been cleared, a "Initial"screen is displayed.

Reference The procedure for manually printing out measurement values or savingmeasurement values on a floppy disk are the same as in "NormalMeasurement" mode. Refer to section 5.4.3, "Printing Measured Values on thePrinter," and section 5.4.4, "Saving Measured Values on Floppy Disk."

112────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.5.1 Start Time

Start Time Setting

NOTE

7.5.2 Stop Time

NOTE

7.5 Changing Settings


●To display the integrated measurement setting screen, press theCHECK key in the integration mode, and move the cursor to the"Move to Setup" on the Check screen, and then press the EXEC.function key.

●Items that can be changed when the "Demand MeasurementSettings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed

Because the starting method for demand measurement is always "Timespecification," this item sets the starting date and time for demandmeasurement.

Options: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time) * 1997/01/01 00:00

・For details on the specific method for setting the start time, refer to section6.5.2, "Start Time."・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:54.・If a time in the past is specified, the demand measurement operation does not

begin.

Because the stopping method for demand measurement is always "Timespecification," this item sets the stopping date and time for demandmeasurement.Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM (24-hour time) * 1997/01/01 00:00

・The setting range extends to 2079/12/31 23:59.・A time that is earlier than the demand measurement start time cannot be set.

113────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.5.3 Demand Period

Demand Period Setting

This item selects the demand period (the unit time for integration).

Options: 5, 10, 15, 30, or 60 minutes, or 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 hours * 30 minutes

Example Setting the demand period to 15 minutes

Position the cursor at "Demand period (DEMAND PERIOD)."Press the CHANGE function key.The "Demand Period" window is displayed.Position the cursor at "15 minutes (15 min.)."Press the SET function key.The "Demand Period" window closes and "15 min." is displayed and set in the"Demand period" field in the "Demand Measurement Setting" screen (page1/2).

114────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.5.4 Transformer Capacity

Transformer Capacity Setting

NOTE

The usage factor can be measured by the average power used versus thetransformer capacity. If not used, setting "0000.000 kVA" will result in nomeasurement value being displayed.

Setting range: 0000.000 to 1000.000 kVA (0.001 kVA steps) * 0010.000 kVA

Refer to section 18.3, "Measurement Items and Calculations," for details onthe usage factor.

Example Setting the transformer capacity to "200 kVA"

Assume that the current setting is the factory setting, "0010.000 kVA."

Position the cursor at "Transformer capacity (TRANS. CAPACITY)." Thecursor will appear at the first digit.Position the cursor at the hundred’s digit.Using the ＋ and － function keys, set the digit to "2".Position the cursor at the ten’s digit.Using the ＋ and － function keys, set the digit to "0".The transformer capacity is now set to "0200.000 kVA".

115────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Instantaneous

values




Maximum

values




Minimum

values




Power integration

Active power

(＋WP, －WP, ΣWP)

Reactive power

(＋WQ, －WQ, ΣWQ)

Apparent power

(＋WS, －WS, ΣWS)

Average value within

a time period

Integrated average

values within a time

period, based on the

power integration


Load factor（LF）

Usage factor（TLF）

Daily reports

Power integration,

Average value within a time period,

Maximum demand values

Weekly reports

Power integration,



Monthly reports

Power integration,



These are used to set the items that are to be printed on the printer or savedon floppy disk. The settings are shared for both devices; it is not possible toset items so that they are printed on the printer but not saved on floppy disk.Setting range: Set for 16 blocks * Items other than power integration, average value within a time period, and demand are "OFF" (not selected).

* Minimum/maximum value data includes the time at which theminimum/maximum was generated.

*Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.

116────────────────────────────────────────────────────


DemandPower integration,

Average value within a time period

Integration

Power integration,



CAUTION In the case of demand measurement, the print/save item settings are made ina special manner as described below.1) First, set to "ON" all of the necessary items from among daily report, weekly

report, monthly report, demand measurement and integrated measurement.(Multiple items may be set.)

2) Next, set the items that are to actually be output from among theinstantaneous values, maximum values, minimum values, integrated powerlevels, and average values over time; these items are set in common withthe items selected in step 1 above. (Multiple items may be set.)

3) In short, only the items selected in both step 1 (tabulation period) and step 2(output items) are selected and valid initially. If only one setting is set to"ON", nothing is output.

Print/Save Item Setting

NOTE

* Maximum demand values include the time at which the value wasgenerated.

* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurementperiod can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneousvalues, maximum values, minimum values, power integration, and theaverage value within a time period.

・For details on the specific method for setting the print/save items, refer tosection 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items."・The items set here are output in both manual operation or automatic

operation.・The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated power

level is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.

117────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.5.6 FD Auto Output

FD Auto Output Setting

NOTE

7.5.7 File Names

File Name Setting

NOTE

Select "ON" in order to save measurement data to floppy disk automatically.The time interval at which the data is automatically saved is the time set forthe "demand period."

Options: ON/OFF * OFF

Example With an 9595 FDD UNIT connected, automatically saving measurementdata on a floppy disk

Position the cursor at "FD auto output (FD AUTO OUTPUT)." Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed and set in the FD auto output field.

When set to "ON", the optional 9595 FDD UNIT must already be connected tothe 3166.

This sets the file name when measurement data is being saved to floppy disk.The file name, the date and time at which measurement started, themeasurement data itself, and the date and time at which the measurementdata was saved are all saved on the floppy disk.

Setting range: Up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics,katakana) or four double-width characters(kanji,hiragana,katakana). * No file name is set when the power meter is shipped

from the factory.

For details on the specific method for setting the file name, refer to section5.5.2, "File Names."

118────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.5.8 RS-232C Automatic Output

NOTE



NOTE

Select "ON" in order to print out measurement data automatically. The timeinterval at which the data is automatically printed is the time set for the"demand period."Options: ON/OFF * OFF

Example With a printer connected, automatically printing measurement data

Position the cursor at "RS-232C auto output (RS-232C AUTO OUT)." Press the ON function key. "ON" is displayed and set in the "RS-232C auto output" field.

When set to "ON", the printer must already be connected to the 3166. Inaddition, the setting for the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be"PRINTER" (refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device.")

Four channels of D/A output can be output simultaneously.The output voltage is DC±5 V/f.s.* ch1:U1, ch2:I1, ch3:P, ch4:λ

Setting choices: Voltage (U1, U2, U3,Uave), current (I1, I2, I3,Iave), active power (P), reactive power (Q), apparent power (S), power factor (λ), frequency (f), and active power integration (+WP, -WP, ΣWP)

・For details on the specific method for setting the D/A output items, refer tosection 5.5.3, "D/A Output Items."・When using D/A output, the 9594 D/A OUTPUT (optional) must be installed

in the power meter.・The output is updated according to the display update rate.・If a fast output update rate is required, use "Normal Measurement" mode.

119────────────────────────────────────────────────────


7.5.10 Integrated Output Rate

Integrated Output Rate Setting

NOTE

Integrated power

Integration start

Elapsed time

* When active power is 5 kW with a uniform increase

Integrated Output Waveform Example

This item sets the output rate when using D/A output of integrated values(active power integration).Output is generated by ±5 VDC versus the full scale for the power integrationthat was set.

Options: 5 V/5 kW, 5 V/10 kW, 5 V/50 kW, 5 V/100 kW, 5 V/500 kW, 5 V/1 MW * 5 V/5 kW

・For details on the specific method for setting the integrated output rate, referto section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate."・Select a suitable integration output rate based on expected power levels. In

order to see changes in detail, a small full-scale value should be selected.・If the power level increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale setting

the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (The level isrecorded as a sawtooth wave.)

120────────────────────────────────────────────────────



NOTE

●Items that can be changed when the "Demand MeasurementSettings" screen (page 2/2) is displayed

Pressing the NEXT function key calls up the "Demand Measurement Settings"screen (page 2/2).

Items that are set on the "Demand Measurement Settings" screen (page 2/2)can be set or changed in the "Setting" mode. For details on how to make thesesettings, refer to chapter 8, "Setting Mode (Function Setting) Details."

(1) Reactive power measurement method(2) Sampling method(3) PLL sync/frequency source(4) Frequency of the line being measured(5) Display averaging times(6) PT(7) CT(8) Backlight(9) Contrast

(10) Key beep

121────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "DemandMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.



122────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "DemandMeasurement Settings" screen is displayed causes all of the current powermeter settings to be saved to floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Demand Measurement" mode, thespecial settings that were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.

・For details on saving the settings, refer to section 5.7, "Saving the Settings toFloppy Disk."・Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer to

section 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")

123────────────────────────────────────────────────────

8.1 List of Setting Items────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 8Setting Mode (Function

Setting) Details

8.1 List of Setting Items

The setting of basic functions that are common to all of the measurementmodes is performed in "Setting" mode.The settings can be output to the printer.This chapter explains the items that can be set or changed in "Setting" modein detail.

Settings for the following functions can be made.For details on the methods for setting these functions, refer to section 2.1,"Basic Operations."

(1) Reactive power meter method(2) Sampling method(3) PLL sync/frequency source(4) Frequency on line being measured(5) Display averaging times(6) PT(7) CT(8) Backlight(9) Contrast

(10) Key beep(11) RS-232C device(12) Setting the time(13) System reset

124────────────────────────────────────────────────────

8.1 List of Setting Items────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Function Setting Screen (Page 1/2)

Function Setting Screen (Page 2/2)

NOTE Functions (1) to (10) can also be set or changed in "Normal Measurement,""Integrated Measurement," or "Demand Measurement" mode.

125────────────────────────────────────────────────────

8.2 Settings for Each Item────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

NOTE

8.2.1 Reactive Power Meter Method

NOTE

8.2 Settings for Each Item


●Selecting the setting mode1. Position the cursor at "Setting" on the initial screen. For the details on the

initial screen, refer to section 2.3, "Initial Screen."2. Press the EXEC. function key3. The "Function Settings" screen (page 1/2) is displayed.The settings are organized on two screens, use the NEXT and PREVIOUS

function keys to switch between the screens.Once all of the settings have been made, press the RET. function key in orderto return to the initial screen.The RET. function key can even be pressed in order to return to the initialscreen before all of the settings have been made.

If the RET. key is pressed while integrated measurement or demandmeasurement is in progress or after integrated measurement or demandmeasurement is complete, a message is displayed and the display does notreturn to the initial screen. Terminate integrated measurement or demandmeasurement and press the DATA RESET key before pressing the RET. key.The message disappears when any of these keys is pressed.

●Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen(page 1/2) is displayed

This item sets whether or not to use the reactive power meter method forcalculating the reactive power measurements.Options: Use reactive power meter method: YES/NO *NO

Example Using the reactive power method

Position the cursor at "Reactive power method (REACTIVE POWERMETHOD)" item.Press the YES function key."YES" is set and is displayed in the "Reactive power method" field.The measured value is measured directly with a reactive power meter, andthen the reactive power is calculated. In addition, "Power ratio power factor"displays the power factor when using the reactive power meter method.

Refer to item 3 in the Appendices for a supplementary explanation.

126────────────────────────────────────────────────────


8.2.2 Sampling Method

NOTE

8.2.3 PLL Sync/Frequency Source

NOTE

This item sets the sampling method.Normally, use "PLL sync."When using a fixed clock, adjust the set frequency in accordance with thefrequency of the line that is being measured.

Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with thefrequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is beingused and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in themeasurements will result.

Options: PLL /FIXED CLOCK *PLL

Example Changing to a fixed clock

Position the cursor at "Sampling method (SAMPLING METHOD)" item.Press the FIXED function key."FIXED CLOCK" is set and is displayed in the "Sampling method" field. Thesampling clock frequency is that set by the "Frequency of the line beingmeasured" setting.

This item selects the PLL sync source and the input source for frequencymeasurement.Normally, use the "U1" voltage input source.If there is no voltage input during current measurement, use the "I1" currentinput source.Options: U1 (voltage)/I1 (current) *U1 (voltage)

Only channel 1 can be used as the input source, whether for voltage input orcurrent input.

Example Changing to the current input source

Position the cursor at the "PLL sync/frequency source (SYNC/FREQ.SOURCE)" item.

Pressing the I1 function key . "I1" is set and is displayed in the "PLL sync/frequency source" field.

127────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

8.2.4 Frequency of the Line Being Measured

NOTE

8.2.5 Display Averaging Times

This item sets the frequency of the line being measured. When using a fixedclock, the sampling frequency is based on this frequency, so be certain toadjust this setting to the frequency of the line being measured before the startof measurement.

・Even if the sampling method is PLL sync, set the frequency of the line beingmeasured.・Correct measurement is impossible if this setting does not agree with the

frequency of the line being measured. In addition, if a fixed clock is beingused and the frequency of the line being measured fluctuates, errors in themeasurements will result.

Options: 50/60/400 Hz *50 Hz

Example Changing the setting for the frequency of the line being measured to "60Hz"

Position the cursor at the "Frequency of the line being measured (MEASURELINE FREQUENCY)" item.

Pressing the 60 Hz function key. "60 Hz" is set and is displayed in the "Frequency of the line being measured"field.

This item sets the process count when the displayed value is a moving averageof the measured values.This setting is useful, for example, if there is a great deal of fluctuation on theline being measured.Options: OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times *OFF

Example Changing the averaging times to "8"

Position the cursor at "Display averaging times (DISPLAY AVERAGETIMES)" item.Using the the ＋ and － function keys, set the digit to "8"."8 times" is displayed and set in the "Display averaging times" field.

128────────────────────────────────────────────────────


8.2.6 PT

8.2.7 CT

This item lets you set the PT ratio as desired.The values that are displayed are multiplied by the PT ratio.Setting range: 00001 to 10000 *00001

Example Setting the PT ratio to "30"

Position the cursor at the "PT" item. Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "PT Input Window" to be displayed.The cursor appears at the first digit.

Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the ten’s digit. Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "3". Press the － function key once to set the digit to "0". "00030" is set and is displayed in the "PT ratio" field. Once the SET function key is pressed, "00030" is set and is displayed in the"PT ratio" field.

This item lets you set the CT ratio as desired.The values that are displayed are multiplied by the CT ratio.Setting range: 00000.01 to 10000.00 *00001.00

Example Setting the CT ratio to "60"

Position the cursor at the "CT" item. Pressing the CHANGE key causes the "CT Input Window" to be displayed.The cursor appears at the first digit.

Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the hundred’s digit. Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "6". Move the cursor left or right until it is positioned at the one’s digit. Move the cursor up or down until the digit is set to "0". Once the SET function key is pressed, "00060.00" is set and is displayed in the"CT ratio" field.

129────────────────────────────────────────────────────


8.2.8 Backlight

NOTE

8.2.9 Contrast

This item turns the LCD backlight on and off.Turning the backlight on when taking measurements in dark surroundingsmakes it easier to view the display.Options: ON/OFF/AUTO OFF *AUTO OFF

The "auto off" setting can be used to have the unit turn itself off automaticallytwo minutes after the last key press. Pressing any key will cause the unit toturn itself back on again.

Example Turning the backlight on

Position the cursor at "Backlight (BACKLIGHT)" item.Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed in the "Backlight" field.

This item sets the LCD contrast.Adjust the contrast according to the surroundings so that the display can beviewed easily.Setting range: 1 to 16 *When a system reset is executed, the LCD contrast is set on 8.

Example 1 Adjusting the contrast

Position the cursor at "Contrast (CONTRAST)."Press the ＋ function key.The value displayed in the "Contrast" field increases by one, and the contrastbecomes darker. Holding down the "Dark" function key causes the contrast toprogressively become darker. (The maximum setting is "16".)Now press the － key.The value displayed in the "Contrast" field decreases by one, and the contrastbecomes lighter. Holding down the "Light" function key causes the contrast toprogressively become lighter. (The minimum setting is "1".)Adjust the contrast as desired.

Example 2 Adjusting the contrast by function and cursor keys

Press the F1 key with pressing the ▼ cursor key, the contrast becomes darker.Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become darker.Press the F2 key with pressing the ▼ cursor key, the contrast becomes lighter.Holding down these keys causes the contrast to progressively become lighter.

130────────────────────────────────────────────────────


8.2.10 Key Beep

8.2.11 RS-232C Device

This item turns the key beep sound on and off.When the key beep sound is on, it provide audible confirmation that a key waspressed.Options: ON/OFF *ON

Example Turning key beeps on

Position the cursor at "Key beep (KEY BEEP)" item.Press the ON function key."ON" is displayed in the "Key beep" field.

●Items that can be changed when the "Function Settings" screen(page 2/2) is displayed

Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."

This item selects the type of device connected to the RS-232C interface.There are also special settings for each different type of device (printer,personal computer, or modem).Options: PRINTER, COMPUTER, MODEM * PRINTER

Example Changing the connected device to a printer

Position the cursor at "RS-232C device (RS-232C DEVICE)" item.Press the PRINTER function key.The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.Check the printer settings.If there are no changes that need to be made, press the CLOSE key.The "Printer Interface Setting" window closes, and "PRINTER" is set and isdisplayed in the "RS-232C device" field.

Example Checking or changing the printer settings

Press the PRINTER function key.The "Printer Interface Setting" window is displayed.Check the printer settings and make new settings.

131────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Printer Interface Setting Window

NOTE

(1) Printer settingsThese are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the RS-232C printerconnected to the power meter.

Settings:Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600 * 9600Data length (bits): 7/8 * 8Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN * OFFStop bit length: 1/2 * 1Flow control: OFF／XON/XOFF／RTS/CTS／BOTH * XON/XOFFTerminator send : CR／LF／CR+LF *CR+LF

The procedures for changing these settings are described below.

Example Changing the baud rate setting to "2400"

Position the cursor at "Baud rate (BAUD RATE)" item.Press the 2400 function key."2400" is set and is displayed in the "Baud rate" field.

Example Changing the data length setting to "7"

Position the cursor at "Data length (DATA LENGTH)" item.Press the 7 function key."7" is set and is displayed in the "Data length" field.

Example Changing the parity check setting to "ODD"

Position the cursor at "Parity check (PARITY CHECK)" item.Press the ODD function key."ODD" is set and is displayed in the "Parity check" field.

The parity check setting is valid only when the data length setting is "7". Ifthe data length setting is "8", the parity check setting is fixed at "OFF."

132────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Personal Computer Setting Window

Example Changing the stop bit length setting to "2"

Position the cursor at "Stop bits (STOP BIT LENGTH)" item.Press the 2 function key."2" is set and is displayed in the "Stop bit length" field.

Example Changing the flow control setting to "XON/XOFF"

Position the cursor at "Flow control (FLOW CONTROL)" item.Press the XON/XOFF function key."XON/XOFF" is set and is displayed in the "Flow control" field.

(2) Personal computer settingsThese are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the personalcomputer connected to the power meter.

Settings:Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600 * 9600Data length (bits): 7/8 * 8Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN * OFFStop bit length: 1/2 * 1Flow control: OFF／XON/XOFF／RTS/CTS／BOTH * OFFTerminator send : CR／LF／CR+LF * CR+LFTerminator reception: CR／LF／CR+LF * CR+LF

The procedures for changing these settings are the same as those used for theprinter settings.

133────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Modem Setting Window

(3) Modem settingsThese are special settings that should be adjusted to suit the modemconnected to the power meter.Settings:Baud rate (bps): 2400/9600 * 9600Data length (bits): 7/8 * 8Parity checking: OFF/ODD/EVEN * OFFStop bit length: 1/2 * 1Telephone number: Input the telephone number being called. (normal-width numeric characters, "－", "," )Telephone information : Can be used to input comments.Modem initialization command: 50 characters (Input the command for the modem that is connected.) *ATTE0&C1&D2ID code: 10 characters (Any character string) (This code is used to identify the power meter.) * H3166Flow control: OFF ／XON/XOFF／RTS/CTS／BOTH * RTS/CTSTerminator send : CR／LF／CR+LF *CR+LF

The procedures for changing these settings are described below. Theprocedures for changing settings from baud rate to flow control are the sameas those used for the printer settings.

Example Setting the destination telephone number

Position the cursor at " Telephone number (TEL NUMBER)" item. Press the CHANGE function key. The "Telephone Number Input" window is displayed.Operation is the same as for file name input.

Set the telephone number with normal-width numeric characters.

134────────────────────────────────────────────────────


8.2.12 Setting the Time

NOTE

Example Setting the modem initialization command

"ATTE04&C1&D2" is set as the initial value.

Position the cursor at "Modem initialization command (MOD COMMAND)." Press the CHANGE function key. The "Command Input" window is displayed.Up to 50 characters can be input.Operation is the same as for file name input.

After all changes are complete, press the ENTER function key. The "Command Input" window closes, and the modem initialization commandin the "Function Setting" window is changed and registered.

This setting is done on the "Function Settings" screen (page 2/2).Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."Set the correct time whenever necessary.When the power meter is shipped from the factory, it is set to the current timein Japan.The date and time are automatically updated by the auto calendar function.The auto calendar function can keep track of dates until December 31, 2079.Setting format: YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS (24-hour time)For details on setting the time, refer to section 6.5.2, "Start Time."

･ To set the seconds precisely, listen to a reliable time service and press the SET

key at the "00" seconds mark.･ The real-time may loss in from 1 to 5 minutes per month. (Within operating

temperature range)

135────────────────────────────────────────────────────


8.2.13 System Reset

System Reset Execute Window

NOTE

Refer to section 8.2, "Settings for Each Item."Execute a system reset when necessary.When a system reset is executed, all settings (except for the "Setting theTime" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.

Procedure11. Position the cursor at "System reset (SYSTEM RESET)" item.

2. Press the RESET function key.

3. The "System Reset Execute" window is displayed, asking for confirmationbefore executing the system reset.

4. Press the RESET function key.

5. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting theTime" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.

Procedure21. Turn on the power with pressing the DATA RESET key.

(Continue pressing the DATA RESET key until beep.)

2. The initial screen is displayed and all settings (except for the "Setting theTime" and "Contrast") are reset to their initial factory settings.

When a system reset is executed immediately, the "SRAM NG" is displayeddue to an internal transaction. This is not a problem.

136────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Pressing the PRINT key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "FunctionSettings" screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings tobe printed out.In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settingsthat were set for each measurement mode are also printed out.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.



137────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE


Pressing the SAVE key while either page 1 or page 2 of the "Function Settings"screen is displayed causes all of the current power meter settings to be savedto floppy disk.In addition to the items that were set in "Setting" mode, the special settingsthat were set for each measurement mode are also saved.This function can also be executed in the same manner from the settingscreens for each measurement mode.

1. Press the SAVE key.

2. The setting conditions are saved to floppy disk in a file named "SETXXX."

Note that the saved setting conditions are loaded in "FD" mode. (Refer tosection 14.6.1, "Loading Previously Saved Setting Data.")

・A file named "SETXXX" is generated automatically and the setting conditionsare saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallestnumber that is still available.・Changing file names as necessary makes it easier to identify the contents

saved in each file. File names can be changed in "FD" mode.・In order to save measurement data to floppy disk, the optional 9595 FDD


138────────────────────────────────────────────────────


139────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 9Using the Remote Control

Jack

This chapter describes the remote control functions supported by the 3166.

140────────────────────────────────────────────────────

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack────────────────────────────────────────────────────

WARNING To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingorunplugging any of the interface connectors.

CAUTION ・To prevent damage to the product and sensor, never connect or disconnecta sensor while the power is on.

・Use the optional 9440 CONNECTION CABLE for output.

Cable Connection

NOTE

9.1 Connection With the Remote Control Jack

Reference The control jack is insulated from the voltage and current inputs.

As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connectorguide notch on the remote control jack and then plug the cable in. (Theconnector has a locking mechanism.)When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connectorand pull it out of the jack.

Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connectorin without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it outwithout releasing the lock will damage the connector.

141────────────────────────────────────────────────────

9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Input terminal

Remote Control Jack Circuit

Pin No.　 Signal name Color

1 Start/stop Red

2 Data reset White

3 Print out Black

4 Floppy save Yellow

5 Ground (common) Blue

CAUTION In order to prevent damage to the power meter, do not input voltage thatexceeds 5.5 V.

9.2 Structure of the Remote Control Jack

The diagram below shows the circuit diagram of the remote control jack.

Control operation is performed using 0/5 V logic signals or closed/open contactsignals. The pin arrangement of the jack is shown below.

142────────────────────────────────────────────────────

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control────────────────────────────────────────────────────

0 V (closed)

5 V (open)

Start Stop

Integrated Measurement Start/Stop Control

5 V (open)

0 V (closed)

Data reset is executedduring this interval.

At least 300 ms

Data Reset Control

9.3 Functions That Support Remote Control

The following four functions support remote control. These functions can becontrolled through the remote control jack in exactly the same manner as ifthe corresponding keys on the control panel were pressed.

(1) Integrated measurement start/stopThis remote control function starts/stops the integration operation in"Integrated Measurement" mode, and starts the measurement operation in"Demand Measurement" mode.

The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.

(2) Data resetThis remote control function clears the integration data and theminimum/maximum value data.The operation of the control signal is illustrated below.

143────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

"Print start" is sent to theprinter during this interval.

5 V (open)

0 V ( closed)

At least 300 ms

Printing Control

NOTE

5 V (open)

0 V (closed)

At least 300 ms

"Save start" is sent tothe FD during this interval.

Control for Saving Data on Floppy Disk

NOTE

CAUTION ・The remote control functions are enabled even when the key lock feature isengaged.

・Input clean signals free of chattering for the control signals. Note that normaloperation is not possible with a pulse of less than 300 ms.

(3) PrintingThis remote control function is used to manually initiate the printing ofmeasurement data on the printer.


The printer must already be connected to the 3166. In addition, the settingfor the device connected to the RS-232C interface must be "printer." Make allother necessary settings as well. (Refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C device")

(4) Saving data on a floppy diskThis remote control function is used to manually save measurement data on afloppy disk.


An 9595 FDD UNIT must be connected to this power meter before attemptingto use this function.

144────────────────────────────────────────────────────


145────────────────────────────────────────────────────

10.1 Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 10Connecting a Printer

10.1 Overview

This power meter can not only display measurement data on the LCD screen,but can also output measurement data to an external printer via the RS-232Cinterface. This chapter explains how to connect and operate a printer.For details on the specifications of the RS-232C interface, refer to section 11.2,"Overview of the RS-232C Interface."

146────────────────────────────────────────────────────

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1.Date and time of printing

2.Instantaneous values

Instantaneous value dataat time of printing




3.Maximum values




4.Minimum values





2.Integration start time and

integration elapsed time

10.2 Information That Can Be Printed Out

The setting of which items are to be printed out is done in the print/save itemson the setting screen of each measurement mode. These items also determinewhich data is saved to the floppy disk. For specific details on how to makethese settings, refer to the sections on the settings for each measurementmode.The items that are set are output in both manual operation and automaticoperation.The items that are output differ, depending on whether the integrated powerlevel is measured using the reactive power meter method or not.All setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for agiven measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.

(1) Measurement data

●"Normal Measurement" mode

* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which eachminimum/maximum value was generated

* Items 3 and 4 reflect data that was tabulated from the point when the datareset key was pressed until the time of printing.

●"Integrated Measurement" mode

147────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A






4.Maximum values




5.Minimum values




6.Power integration

Active power


Reactive power


Apparent power


7.Average value within a

time period

Integrated average



power integration



2.Demand start time






* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which eachminimum/maximum value was generated

* Items 4 through 7 reflect data that was tabulated until the time of printingfrom the integrated measurement start time.

●"Demand Measurement" mode

The following demand, integration, daily report, weekly report, and monthlyreport data can be saved.

148────────────────────────────────────────────────────


4.Maximum values




5.Minimum values




6.Power integration

Active power


Reactive power


Apparent power


7.Integrated average values

Average values during thedemand period, based onthe integrated powerlevels during the timeinterval in question


Load factor (LF)

Usage factor (TLF)

8.Daily reports

Power integration,

Average value within a time,


9.Weekly reports

Power integration,



10.Monthly reports

Power integration,



11.DemandPower integration,


12.Integration

Power integration,



* The minimum/maximum value data the time at which eachminimum/maximum value was generated.

* Not included load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.


* Regarding the above five items, the tabulated results for each measurementperiod can also be output by coordinating the settings of the instantaneousvalues, maximum values, minimum values, power integration , and theaverage values within a time.

149────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A





(2) Setting conditionsAll setting conditions can be printed out, whether from the setting screen for agiven measurement mode, or from "Setting" mode.

150────────────────────────────────────────────────────

10.3 Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION ・The initial settings of the 9442 PRINTER when it is shipped from the factoryallow it to be connected to and used with the 3166. When using a differentbut equivalent printer, it may be necessary to change the settings. Checkthe operation manual provided with the printer and make the settingsaccordingly.

・For details on the operation and handling of the printer, refer to the printer’soperation manual.

・For the printer, use 1196 RECORDING PAPER (thermal paper,10 rolls) or anequivalent.

・In general, any printer that supports the RS-232C interface can be used withthe 3166, some models may not print properly, depending on the data that isbeing output. Therefore, we recommend the 9442 PRINTER.

MaleFemale

Printer Cable Connection

10.3 Connection Method

(1) Recommended printerUse the 9442 PRINTER, the 9443 AC ADAPTER, the 9444 CONNECTIONCABLE (for Printer), and the 1196 RECORDING PAPER . (All are options.)

9442　 DPU-414 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)9443-01 PW-4007-J1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)（JAPAN）9443-02 PW-4007-E1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)（EU）9443-03 PW-4007-U1 (SEIKO INSTRUMENTS INC.)（U.S.A）

(2) Connection method

1. Turn off the power meter and the printer.

2. Connect the specified connecting cable between the RS-232C connector on thepower meter and the connector on the printer.

151────────────────────────────────────────────────────


D-sub 9-pin male

To power meter To 9442 Printer

D-sub 9-pin female

Frame Frame

9444 CONNECTION CABLE

CAUTION Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cableconnectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due tothe design of the 3166.

WARNING To avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingor unplugging any cablesor peripherals.

Reference Sanwa Supply’s KB-M98K straight extension cable can also be used to connectthe 3166 to the 9442 PRINTER.

152────────────────────────────────────────────────────

10.4 Operating Procedure────────────────────────────────────────────────────

RS-232C Device Setting

Printer Setting Window

Print/Save Items("Normal Measurement" Mode)

10.4 Operating Procedure

(1) In Setting mode, set "RS-232C device" to "PRINTER".

For details on how to make this setting, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232CDevice."

(2) Set the "Print/Save" items on the setting screens for each measurement mode.Note that these settings also define what information is to be saved on floppydisk.

1. Normal measurement mode (refer to section 5.5.1, "Print/Save Items")

153────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Print/Save Items("Integrated Measurement" Mode)

Print/Save Items("Demand Measurement" Mode)

NOTE

2. "Integrated Measurement" mode (refer to section 6.5.6, "Print/Save Items")

3. "Demand Measurement" mode (refer to section 7.5.5, "Print/Save Items")

The items that can be set differ for each measurement mode.

154────────────────────────────────────────────────────


PRINTER Key

Output Interval Time Setting

(3) Manual printing

Measurement data can be printed out at any time by pressing the PRINT key.When printing the data on the display screen, activate the "data hold" featurefirst and then print the data.

(4) Automatic output

Data can be printed automatically at a predetermined interval in "IntegratedMeasurement" mode and in "Demand Measurement" mode. Manual printingis still possible in this case.

In both measurement modes:

1. Set "RS-232C auto output" to "ON".

2. In "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval time.In "Demand Measurement" mode, the data is output each demand period.For details on these settings, refer to section 6.5.5, "Output Interval Time,"section 6.5.9, "RS-232C Automatic Output," and section 7.5.8, "RS-232CAutomatic Output."

3. Once measurement starts, the data is printed out automatically at thepredetermined interval time.

155────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

CAUTION Using the printer in a high-temperature or high-humidity environment should beavoided at all costs. This can seriously reduce the printer life.

Reference Printing timeBecause one roll of 1196 Printing Paper is 25 meters long, it is possible tocalculate the length of time that measurement and printing can continue bycalculating the length of one printout of data.For example, when printing all items for a three-phase, four-wire line in"Integrated Measurement" mode, one printout of data requires approximately360 mm of paper (about 4 mm/line). ((Approximately 193 mm, except for themaximum and minimum values.) If the interval time is 30 minutes, thelength of time that measurement and printing can continue is calculated asfollows:

Number of printouts: N = 25 m/360 mm = 69 printoutsContinuous operation time: T = interval time x N = 30 minutes x 69= 2070 minutes = 34 hours and 30 minutesA red line appears on the last 60 centimeters of the recording paper,indicating that only a little paper remains.

Special printed outputJust as with the display, "o.r." is printed for out-of-range data, and "－－－－"is printed for invalid data.

・Because the items that are printed out vary with the measurement mode, setthe items for each mode separately. Note that the data that is output is thesame, whether for manual printing or automatic output.・Be sure to load enough paper so that the printer will not run out.・For details on how to print out the setting conditions, refer to the section

entitled, "Printing Out the Settings," in each chapter describing the differentmeasurement modes and Setting mode.

156────────────────────────────────────────────────────


157────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

WARNING In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the powermeter’s power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connectingthe RS-232 cable to the interface connector.

Turn the power off when connecting the personal computer to thepower meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is oncould damage the equipment.

CAUTION ・After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure theconnection with the screws on the connector.

・Use a molded cable connector for connection to the 3166. Metal cableconnectors (with tabs that protrude) cannot be connected to the 3166 due tothe design of the 3166.

Chapter 11Connecting a Computer


The 3166 includes a RS-232C interface as a standard feature.A personal computer can be connected to the power meter through thisinterface; the personal computer can then be used to remotely control thefunctions of the power meter, to retrieve data, etc. (Turning the power meteron and off and changing the RS-232C interface settings are not possible.) TheRS-232C interface can also be used to output data to a printer, or to remotelycontrol the power meter through a modem connection.This chapter explains how to connect a computer ("personal computer") to thepower meter and how to operate the power meter through the computer.The RS-232C interface is a serial interface standard that was established bythe EIA (Electronic Industries Association of the U.S.).

158────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.2.1 RS-232C Interface Specifications

Transfer method Start-stop synchronization, full-duplex

Printer-related settings Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600

Data length (bits) 7/8

Parity check EVEN/ODD/OFF

Stop bits 1/2

Input voltage level +5V to +15V ON

-15V to -5V OFF

Output voltage level +5V to +9V ON

-9V to -5V OFF

Pin No EIA symbol JIS symbol Common symbol Function

1 CF CD DCD Data channel detection

2 BB RD RxD Reception data

3 BA SD TxD Transmission data

4 CD ER DTR Data terminal ready

5 AB SG GND Signal ground

6 CC DR DSR Data set ready

7 CA RS RTS Ready to send

8 CB CS CTS Clear to send

9 CE CI RI Call indicator

11.2 Overview of the RS-232C Interface

The 3166’s RS-232C interface complies with:・EIA RS-232C・CCITT V.24・JIS X51101

1. General specifications (concerning the personal computer)

2. Interface specifications (DTE operation)

3. Connector specification

159────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

RS-232C Connector Pin Assignments

DOS/V PCFlow control: None, XON/XOFF

To power meter To PC

D-sub 9-pin female

D-sub 25-pin male

Frame

Frame

RS-232C Cable

DOS/V PCFlow control: None, XON/XOFF

To power meter To PC

D-sub 9-pin female

FrameFrame

D-sub 9-pin female

Frame

RS-232C Cable

Connector: D-sub 9-pin (male)Manufacturer: Nippon Koku Denshi Kogyo DELC-J9PAF-23L9

4. RS-232C cable connection examples

160────────────────────────────────────────────────────


DOS/V, PC-9801 PCFlow control: RTS/CTS, both

To power meterConnection To PC

D-sub 9-pinFemale D-sub 25-pin

FemaleD-sub 25-pinMale

D-sub 25-pinMale

Frame

Frame Frame Frame

RS-232C Cable

DOS/V, PC-9801 PCFlow control: None, XON/XOFF

To power meterConnection To PC

D-sub 25-pinFemale D-sub 25-pin

FemaleD-sub 25-pinMale

D-sub 25-pinMale

Frame

FrameFrame Frame

RS-232C Cable

Reference ・Connecting to a DOS/V personal computerFlow control: None, XON/XOFF：Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-423XF1K KRS-403XF1K RS-232CCable (reverse).

Flow control: RTS/CTS, both：Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) incombination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.・Connecting to an NEC PC-9801

Flow control: None, XON/XOFF：Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-117K RS-232C Cable (reverse) incombination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.

Flow control: RTS/CTS, both：Use a cable such as Sanwa Supply’s KRS-107K RS-232C Cable (reverse) incombination with the D09-9F25F Adapter.

161────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

11.2.2 Setting Method



NOTE

Set the RS-232C device item in "Setting" mode to personal computer.Set the other personal computer interface items as necessary.For specific details on these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232C Device."

The communications conditions for the personal computer and the powermeter must match.

162────────────────────────────────────────────────────


11.2.3 Flow of the Basic Operating Procedure

Connect the RS-232C cable

Connect the power meter to the line being measured

Control the power meter remotely by sending commands

from the personal computer

Turn the power meter and the personal computer on

Set the communication conditions for the personal computer

Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking,

stop bits, flow control and the delimiter

163────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.3.1 Messages

Messages

Program messages

Response messages

Command messages

Query messages

Execution confirmation messages

11.3 Details of the RS-232C Interface

Messages are classified as shown below:

Of these, program messages are those received by the unit from the personalcomputer, while response messages are those sent from the unit to thepersonal computer.

(1) Program messages

Program messages can be divided into either command messages or querymessages.Command messages are orders for control of the unit, such as for makingsettings or for reset or the like.Query messages are orders for responses relating to results of operation,results of measurement, or the state of device settings.

(2) Response messages

After a query message has been received, a response message is produced themoment that its syntax has been checked. It is also possible to change themessage unit separator of response messages from the semicolon ";" to thecomma "," , using the command "TRANsmit:SEParator". Initially thisseparator is set to the semicolon ";".

A space is represented by " "(space) in this manual.

Headers on "V +101.2E+0;A +1.200E-3"Headers off "+101.2E+0;+1.200E-3"

(3) Execution confirmation message

Execution confirmation message is the numeric data created by analyzing andexecuting one line of data (data up to the terminator) from the personalcomputer. This numeric data is returned to the personal computer. Thepersonal computer and this unit are synchronized by means of this data.

164────────────────────────────────────────────────────


11.3.2 Command Syntax

CURRentCURR

Accepted

CURRECUR　

Error

11.3.3 Headers

The names of commands for the 3166 are as far as possible mnemonic.Furthermore, all commands have a long form, and an abbreviated short form.In command references in this manual, the short form is written in upper caseletters, and then this is continued in lower case letters so as to constitute thelong form. Either of these forms will be accepted during operation, butintermediate forms will not be accepted. Further, during operation both lowercase letters and upper case letters will be accepted without distinction.

Response messages generated by the 3166 are in long form and in upper caseletters.

Whether or not headers are prefixed to response messages is set by the"HEADer" command. It is essential to prefix headers to program messages.

(1) Command program headers

There are two types of command: simple commands, compound commands,and standard commands.

Simple command headerThis header is a sequence of letters and digits.

HEADer

Compound command headerThis header is made up from a plurality of simple command type headersmarked off by colons.

VOLTage:RANGe

(2) Query program headers

These are for commands used for interrogating the unit about the results ofoperations, about measured values, or about the current states of settings forthe unit. As shown by the following examples, they can be recognized asqueries by a question mark appearing after the program header. The structureof the header is identical to that of a command program header, with "?"always being affixed to the last command. There are queries possible in eachof the three previously described types of command form.

MEASure:NORMal? <data1> to <data10>SCALe:PT?

165────────────────────────────────────────────────────


11.3.4 Delimiter

NOTE

11.3.5 Separators

The power meter accepts the LF code as the message terminator.Furthermore, the following can be selected as the response messageterminator with the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command:

1. LF

2. CR

3. CR and LF

The initial selection are three.

For details on the "TRANsmit:TERMinator" command, refer to section 11.4,"Command Reference."

(1) Message unit separator

A semicolon ";" is used as a message unit separator when it is desired to setout several messages on a single line.

":SCALe:PT 2;:SCALe:CT 4;:AVERaging 10"

(2) Header separator

In a message which has a header and data, a space (represented by " "(space)in the examples) is used as the header separator to separate the header fromthe data.

":VOLTage:AUTO ON" (actually, " " is not displayed.)

(3) Data separator

If a message has several data items, commas are required as data separatorsfor separating these data items from one another.

":INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM 7,63,3"

166────────────────────────────────────────────────────


11.3.6 Data Formats

The 3166 uses character string data and decimal numeric data, and the typeused varies according to the command in question.

(1) Character data

Character string data must always begin with an alphabetic character, andthe following characters can be either alphabetic characters or numerals.Although in character data either upper case letters or lower case letters areaccepted, response messages output by the 3166 are always in upper caseletters.

":VOLTage:AUTO"

(2) Decimal data

The numeric data values are all represented in decimal, in three formatsidentified as NR1, NR2 and NR3, and each of these can appear as either asigned number or an unsigned number. Unsigned numbers are taken aspositive.

Further, if the accuracy of a numerical value exceeds the range with which the3166 can deal, it is rounded off. (5 and above is rounded up; 4 and below isrounded down).

NR1 format: integer data (+12, -23, 34)

NR2 format: fixed point numbers (+1.23, -23.45, 3.456)

NR3 format: floating point numbers (+1.2E-2, -2.3E+4)

The term "NRf format" includes all these three formats.When the 3166 is receiving it accepts NRf format. When it is sendingresponse messages it utilizes whichever one of the formats NR1 to NR3 isindicated in the particular command.

All of the following examples set the PT 10: ":SCALe:PT 10" ":SCALe:PT 10.2" ":SCALe:PT 1.04E1"

　

167────────────────────────────────────────────────────


11.3.7 Abbreviation of Compound Commands

NOTE

When several compound commands have a common head portion, for example:SCAL:PT and :SCAL:CT, then, when and only when writing them directlyfollowing on from one another, this common portion (:SCAL: in this example)can be omitted from each command. This common portion is called "thecurrent path", by analogy with the general concept of the current directory inthe directory structure of UNIX or MS-DOS, and until it is cleared theanalysis of following commands is performed by deeming them to be precededby the current path which has been curtailed in the interests of brevity. Thismanner of using the current path is shown in the following example:

Normal expression

":SCALe:CT 2;:SCALe:PT 10;:SCALe:CT?"

Abbreviated expression:

":SCALe:CT 2;PT 10;CT?"

This becomes the current path, and can be curtailed from the followingcommands.The current path is cleared when the power is turned on, when a system resetis performed by key input, when a colon ":" appears at the start of a command,and when delimiter is detected.

・Messages of standard command form can be executed without relation to thecurrent path.However, in order to prevent confusion with abbreviated forms and mistakesin operation, it is recommended practice always to prefix ":" to headers.

・With the 3166, there are nine possible current paths:

":CURRent:"":DEMand:"":DISPlay:"":INTEgrate:"":MEASure:"":NORMal:"":SCALe:"":TRANsmit:"":VOLTage:"

168────────────────────────────────────────────────────


11.3.8 Output Queue

11.3.9 Input Buffer

Response messages accumulate in the output queue and are read out as dataand cleared by the personal computer. The output queue is also cleared in thefollowing circumstances:

1. Turing on the power

2. Reset by key input

3. Query error.

If a new message is received while there is data in the output queue, theoutput queue is cleared and a query error is generated.

The capacity of the power meter’s input buffer is 1024 bytes. If more than1024 bytes of data are to be transmitted and the buffer becomes full, data isread and discarded until analysis of the data in the input buffer is complete.(This applies when XON/XOFF control and RTS/CTS control are disabled.)

169────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.4 Command Reference────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Syntax Indicates the command syntax.

data Indicates the data format for a command that includes data.

Function Describes the function of the command.

Note Describes points that require special attention when using the command.

Response Indicated only for commands for which a response message is returned.

Error Indicates the what kinds of errors might occur. Note that misspellings area type of error that applies to all commands, and are therefore not explicitlymentioned.

Example Shows a simple example illustrating the usage of the command. Alltransmissions are indicated in "short form."Transmission: A command that is sent by the controllerResponse: Data that is received by the controller

NOTE

11.4 Command Reference

11.4.1 Description of the Command Reference Format

This section explains each command in detail.

・A "query" is a request to retrieve setting information or measured values. Ifan error occurs during a query, no query response message is generated.・In the case of a system error, the query is not executed and a device-

dependent error results.

170────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Display averaging time setting

Syntax AVERaging data

data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function ･ Sets the number of measurements over which the display averaging time isto be performed.･ data can be received in NRf format, but after the decimal point 5 and above

will be rounded up while 4 and below will be rounded down.

Note Setting the averaging time causes a restart.

Error ･ If data is not in NRf format, a command error is generated.･ If data is not one of the above listed values, an execution error is generated.･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If this command is executed in the HOLD state .In the event of a system error (the command is not executed).Integration or demand measurement is in progress.

Example Transmission ":AVER 2"Display averaging time is set to 2.

■ Display averaging time query

Syntax AVERaging?

Function Returns the current setting of the number of measurements over which thedisplay averaging time is to be performed, as a numerical value (data) inNR1 format.

Responsesyntax

If headers are ONIf headers are OFF

"AVERAGING data""data"

Example If headers are ON If headers are OFFTransmissionResponse

":AVER?"":AVERAGING 2"

":AVER?""2"

11.4.2 Commands

AVERaging

AVERaging?

171────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Backlight setting

Syntax BACKlight data

data ON, OFF, AUTO (character data)

Function Turns the LCD backlight on and off.

Error If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an commanderror is generated.

Example Transmission ":BACK ON"Turns the LCD backlight on.

■ Backlight setting query

Syntax BACKlight?

Function Returns the current backlight setting in (data) as either ON，OFF orAUTO OFF .

Responsesyntax


":BACKLIGHT ON""ON"


":BACK?"":BACKLIGHT ON"

":BACK?""ON"

BACKlight

BACKlight?

172────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Key beep ON or OFF setting

Syntax BEEPer data

data ON, OFF (character data)

Function Turns the key beep on and off.

Error If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.

Example Transmission ":BEEP ON"Turns the key beep on.

■ Key beep setting query

Syntax BEEPer?

Function Returns the current key beep setting in (data) as either ON or OFF.

Responsesyntax


":BEEPER ON""ON"


":BEEP?"":BEEPER ON"

":BEEP?""ON"

BEEPer

BEEPer?

173────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Real time (system clock) setting

Syntax CLOCk data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6

data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 Seconds 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the real time (system clock) to the actual date and time.

Note If this command is executed while measurement is in progress in NormalMeasurement mode, the data concerning the time at which the minimumand maximum values were generated will be invalid.

Error ･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.When the system error occurs.

･ An execution error results in the following cases:If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date.

Example Transmission ":CLOC 1997,02,28,18,04,30"Sets the system clock to 18:04:30, February 28, 1997.

■ Real time (system clock) query

Syntax CLOCk?

Function Returns the current date and time according to the system clock in (data1)through (data6), all in the form of NR1 numeric data.

Responsesyntax


":CLOCK data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6"


":CLOC?"":CLCOK 1997,02,28,15,25,40"

":CLOC?""1997,02,28,15,25,40"

CLOCk

CLOCk?

174────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Contrast setting

Syntax CONTrast data

data 0 to 15 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the LCD contrast to one of 16 levels, from 0 to 15.

Error An execution error results if a value outside of the allowable range (a valuethat is not an integer from 0 to 15) is specified.

Example Transmission ":CONT 8"

Sets the LCD contrast to "8".

■ Contrast setting query

Syntax CONTrast?

Function Returns the current contrast setting in (data) in the form of NR1 numericdata.

Responsesyntax


:CONTRAST data""data"


":CONT?CURR"":CONTRAST 8"

":CONT?""8"

CONTrast

CONTrast?

175────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Current range setting value query

Syntax CURRent?

Function Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data1) inNR1 format and current aut ranging as "ON" or "OFF" (data2).

Note By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separatorcan be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".

Responsesyntax


":CURRENT:RANGE data1;AUTO data2""data1 ,data2"


":CURR?"":CURRENT:RANGE 20;AUTO OFF"

":CURR?""20;OFF"

CURRent?

176────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Current auto range setting

Syntax CURRent:AUTO data


Function Turns current auto range.

Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:When this command is executed in the hold state.If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement or demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

・If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.

Example Transmission ":CURR:AUTO ON"

Current auto range setting is turned on.

■ Current auto range setting query

Syntax CURRent:AUTO?

Function Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not current (amperage) autoranging is presently enabled.

Responsesyntax


:CURRENT:AUTO data""data"


":CURR:AUTO?"":CURRENT:AUTO ON"

":CURR:AUTO?""ON"

CURRent:AUTO

CURRent:AUTO?

177────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Current range setting

Syntax CURRent:AUTO data

data 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the current range. The units are amps (A).

Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If this command is executed in the HOLD state .If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement or demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

・If the value other than setting 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 limits are set, anexecution error is generated.

Example Transmission ":CURR:RANG 50"Sets to 50 A range.

■ Current range setting query

Syntax CURRent:RANGe?

Function Returns the presently set current range as a numerical value (data) in NR1format.

Responsesyntax


":CURRENT:RANGE data""data"


":CURR:RANG?"":CURRENT:RANGE 20"

":CURR:RANG?""20"

CURRent:RANGe

CURRent:RANGe?

178────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement D/A output item setting

Syntax DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4

data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)WP, +WP, -WP (character data)

Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Demand measurement mode.

Error ･ An execution error results if any character data other than that indicatedabove is set for (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is notavailable for the line being measured.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DEM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to"S" in Demand mode.

■ Demand measurement D/A output item query

Syntax DEMand:AOUT?

Function Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output item settings in(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2;data3,data4"


":DEM:AOUT?"":DEMAND:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

":DEM:AOUT?D""U1,P,Q,S"

DEMand:AOUT

DEMand:AOUT?

179────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement integrated output rate setting

Syntax DEMand:AOUT:RATE data1,data2,data3,data4

data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (numerical data in NR 1)1: 5 V/5 kWh2: 5 V/10 kWh3: 5 V/50 kWh4: 5 V/100 kWh5: 5 V/500 kWh6: 5 V/1 MWh

Function Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/Aoutput in Demand measurement mode.

Error ･ An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DEM:AOUT:RATE 1"

Sets the Demand mode D/A output rate to "5 V/5 kWh".

■ Demand measurement integrated output rate query

Syntax DEMand:AOUT:RATE?

Function Returns the Demand measurement mode D/A output rate setting.

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE data""data"


":DEM:AOUT:RATE?"":DEMAND:AOUT:RATE 1"

":DEM:AOUT:RATE?""1"

DEMand:AOUT:RATE

DEMand:AOUT:RATE?

180────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement FD automatic output setting

Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FD data


Function Sets Demand measurement mode FD automatic to either "ON" or "OFF".

Note If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in thedrive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.

Error ･ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FD ON"

Demand measurement mode FD automatic setting is turned on.

■ Demand measurement FD automatic output query

Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FD?

Function Returns the current Demand measurement mode FD automatic outputquery in (data) as either ON or OFF.

Responsesyntax


":CURRENT:AUTO data""data"


":DEM:DATA:FD?"":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FD ON"

":DEM:DATA:FD?""ON"

DEMand:DATAout:FD

DEMand:DATAout:FD?

181────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement FD output file name setting

Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FILEname data

data Character string consisting of up to 8 normal-sized characters

Function Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.

Note ･ The following characters can be used in file names:Upper-case letters from A to ZNumbers form 0 to 9-, ^, $ , ~ , ! , # , % , & , - , { , } , ( , ) , @ , ’ , ‘Shift JIS codes･ A file extension cannot be specified.･ If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in the

drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.

Error ･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

･ An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).･ An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character

string that consisted of 9 or more characters.

Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:FILE TEST"Sets "TEST" as the file name for Demand measurement mode FD output.

■ Demand measurement FD output file name query

Syntax DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?

Function Returns the name of the file used for Demand measurement mode FDoutput in (data) in the form of a character string.

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME data""data"


":DEM:DATA:FILE?"":DEMAND:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"

":DATA:DEM:FILE?""TEST"

DEMand:DATAout:FILEname

DEMand:DATAout:FILEname?

182────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand print/save item setting

Syntax DEMand:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4

data data1, data2, data3,data4 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1

bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0

data1 Instantan-

eous

power

Instantan-

eous

current

Instantan-

eous

voltage

data2 Minimum

power

Minimum

currentMinimumvoltage

Maximum

power

Maximum

current

Maximum

voltage

data3 Power

integration

Average

value

data4 Integration Monthly

report

Weekly

report

Daily

report

Demand

Function ･ Sets the print/save items for Demand measurement mode. Send data withthe bits corresponding to the items to be output set.･ No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.

Error ･ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:


Example Transmission ":DEM:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3,31"Sets the Demand measurement mode print/save items to "all data".

■ Demand print/save item query

Syntax DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?

Function Returns the print/save items for Demand measurement mode as anumerical value (data1, data2, data3, data4) in NR1 format. This value isone of the set: 0 through 255.

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2,data3,data4"


":DEM:DATA:ITEM?"":DEMAND:DATAOUT:ITEM7,0,0,0"

":DEM:DATA:ITEM?""7,0,0,0"

DEMand:DATAout:ITEM

DEMand:DATAout:ITEM?

183────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement start in demand measurement mode

Syntax DEMand:STARt

data No present

Function Puts demand measurement into the wait state.

Note If this command is executed, the power meter enters the demandmeasurement wait state. If the demand measurement start time hasalready passed when the power meter enters this state, demandmeasurement is not executed.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR"

Puts demand measurement into the wait state.

DEMand:STARt

184────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement start time setting

Syntax DEMand:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5

data data1 Year 1980 to 2079 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Month 1 to 12 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Day 1 to 31 (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 Hours 0 to 23 (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the demand measurement start time.

Note If a time that has already passed is set, demand measurement does notbegin.

Error ・An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"

Sets the demand measurement start time to 20:45:00 on January 8, 1997.

■ Demand measurement start time query

Syntax DEMand:STARt:TIME?

Function The demand start time is returned in (data1) through (data5). (All as NR1numeric data.)

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:START:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"


":DEM:STAR:TIME?"":DEMAND:START:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"

":DEM:STAR:TIME?""1997,1,8,20,45"

DEMand:STARt:TIME

DEMand:STARt:TIME?

185────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement status query

Syntax DEMand:STATe?

data 0, 1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)0: Reset1: In standby2: Demanding3: Stopped

Function Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data(data).

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:STATE data""data"


":DEM:STATE?"":DEMAND:STATE 1"

":DEM:STAT?""1"

■ Demand measurement stop in demand measurement mode

Syntax DEMand:STARt

data No present

Function Stops demand measurement.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DEM:STAR"

Stops demand measurement.

DEMand:STATe?

DEMand:STOP

186────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement stop time setting

Syntax DEMand:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5


Function Sets the demand measurement stop time.

Error ・If an attempt was made to specify a nonexistent date, a command error isgenerated.・An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a time that

precedes the demand measurement start time.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


Example Transmission ":DEM:STOP:TIME 1997,02,28,18,04"

Sets the demand measurement stop time to 16:18:04 on February 28, 1997.

■ Demand measurement stop time query

Syntax DEMand:STOP:TIME?

Function Returns the demand measurement stop time in (data1) through (data5), allin the form of NR1 numeric data.

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"


":DEM:STOP:TIME?"":DEMAND:STOP:TIME 1997,02,28,18,04"

":DEM:STOP:TIME?""1997,02,28,18,04"

DEMand:STOP:TIME

DEMand:STOP:TIME?

187────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand time setting

Syntax DEMand:TIME data

data 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (numerical data in NR1 format)0: 5 minutes 6: 3 hours1: 10 minutes 7: 4 hours2: 15 minutes 8: 6 hours3: 30 minutes 9: 8 hours4: 1 hour 10: 12 hours5: 2 hours

Function Sets the demand measurement time.

Error ・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


Example Transmission ":DEM:TIME 3"

Sets the demand measurement time to 30 minutes.

■ Demand time query

Syntax DEMand:TIME?

Function Returns the demand period setting.

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND:TIME data""data"


":DEM:TIME?"":DEMAND:TIME 3"

":DEM:TIME?""3"

DEMand:TIME

DEMand:TIME?

188────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Transformer capacity setting

Syntax DEMand:TRANs data

data 0 to 1000000 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function ・Sets the transformer capacity. The unit is " VA".・Although values in NRf format are accepted in (data).

Note If the transformer capacity is set to "0", the TLF calculation is not made.

Error An execution error results if an attempt was made to set a value outside ofthe range indicated above.

Example Transmission ":DEM:TRAN 3000"

Sets the transformer capacity to 3 kVA.

■ Transformer capacity query

Syntax DEMand:TRANs?

Function Returns the transformer capacity setting by means of NR3 numeric data(data).

Responsesyntax


":DEMAND data""data"

data +1.2345E+03 (numerical data in NR3) format


":DEM:TRAN?"":DEMAND:TRANS +1.2345E+03"

":DEM:TRAN?""+1.2345E+03"

DEMand:TRANs

DEMand:TRANs?

189────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Display screen query

Syntax DISPlay?

Function Returns the screen that is currently being displayed.

Note ・Note that if the header setting is OFF, only the data portion is returned,making it impossible to determine which screen is being displayed.・If FD mode or Setting mode is displayed, the response is "FD" or

"STATUS’, respectively.

Responsesyntax


":DISP:INTEGRATE data""data"


":DISP?"":DISPLAY:NORMAL 1"

":DISP?""1"

DISPlay?

190────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement mode display

Syntax DISPlay:DEMand data

data 1 to 16 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Instantaneous value2: Integrated minimum/maximum3: Integrated 1/24: Integrated 2/25: Demand minimum/maximum6: Demand 1/27: Demand 2/28: Daily report minimum/maximum9: Daily report 1/210:Daily report 2/211:Weekly report minimum/maximum12:Weekly report 1/213:Weekly report 2/214:Monthly report minimum/maximum15:Monthly report 1/216:Monthly report 2/2

Function Displays the Demand measurement mode screen.

Note ・If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value dataand the integrated measurement data are reset.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during

integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOPcommand to release the power meter from the integrating state beforeexecuting this command.

Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.

・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).

Example Transmission ":DISPLAY:DEMAND 1"

Displays the Demand mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

DISPlay:DEMand

191────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement mode display

Syntax DISPlay:INTEgrate data

data 1, 2, 3, 4 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Instantaneous value2: Minimum/maximum3: Integrated 1/24: Integrated 2/2

Function Displays the Integrated Measurement mode screen.

Note ・If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value dataand the integrated measurement data are reset.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during

demand measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOPcommand to release the power meter from the integrating state beforeexecuting this command.

Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generate:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).

Example Transmission ":DISP:INTE 1"

Displays the Integrated mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

DISPlay:INTEgrate

192────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Normal measurement mode display

Syntax DISPlay:NORMal data

data 1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)1:Instantaneous value2: Minimum/maximum

Function Displays the Normal Measurement mode screen.

Note ・If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value dataand the integrated measurement data are reset.・If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or

executing integrated measurement or demand measurement. Use theSTOP command to release the power meter from the integrating statebefore executing this command.

Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated.(1) If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or

executing integrated measurement or demand measurement.(2) In the event of a system error.・An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is

set for (data).

Example Transmission ":DISP:NORM 1"

Displays the Normal Measurement mode "Instantaneous Value" screen.

DISPlay:NORMal

193────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Initial screen display

Syntax DISPlay:INItial

data No present

Function Displays the initial screen.

Note If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement, a device-dependent error results. Use the STOP command to release the powermeter from the integrating state before executing this command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DISP:INI"

Displays the initial screen.

■ Data reset execution

Syntax DRESet

data No present

Function Executes a data reset, clearing the minimum/maximum value data,integrated data, and demand data.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.

) In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":DRES"

Executes a data reset.

DISPlay:INItial

DRESet

194────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Measurement line frequency setting

Syntax FREQuency data

data 50, 60, 400 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the frequency of the line that is to be measured.

Note If this setting is not correct, it may be impossible to obtain correctmeasurements.

Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).

Example Transmission ":FREQ 60"

Sets the frequency of the line being measured as "60 Hz".

■ Measurement line frequency setting query

Syntax FREQuency?

Function Returns the setting for the frequency of the line being measured.

Responsesyntax


":FREQUENCY data""data"


":FREQ?"":FREQUENCY 60"

":FREQ?""60"

FREQuency

FREQuency?

195────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Header setting

Syntax HEADer data


Function Sets whether or not a header is included in RS-232C command responses.

Error A device-dependent error results if any character data other than "ON" or"OFF" is set for <data>. (While in integrated measurement or demandmeasurement standby, or during integrated measurement)

Example Transmission ":HEAD OFF"

Sets the header to OFF.

■ Header setting query

Syntax HEADer?

Function Returns the header setting.

Note With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.

Responsesyntax


":HEADER data""OFF"


":HEAD?"":HEADER ON"

":HEAD?""OFF"

HEADer

HEADer?

196────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Data hold setting

Syntax HOLD data


Function Sets data hold measurement to ON or OFF.

Error An execution error results if a character setting other than those indicatedabove is specified in (data).

Example Transmission ":HOLD ON"Sets the data hold to ON.

■ Hold setting query

Syntax HOLD?

Function Returns the data hold setting.

Responsesyntax


":HOLD data""data"


":HOLD?"":HOLD ON"

":HOLD?""ON"

HOLD

HOLD?

197────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement D/A output item setting

Syntax DEMand:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4

data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)P, Q, S, PF, F (character data)WP, +WP, -WP (character data)

Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in Integrated measurementmode.

Error ･ An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is setfor (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is notavailable for the line being measured.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":INTE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to"S" in Integrated measurement mode.

■ Integrated measurement D/A output item query

Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT?

Function Returns the Integrated mode D/A output item settings in (data1) through(data4) in the form of character data.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2,data3,data4"


":INTE:AOUT?"":INTEGRATE:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

":INTE:AOUT?""U1,P,Q,S"

INTEgrate:AUOT

INTEgrate:AUTO?

198────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement D/A output rate setting

Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE data

data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ,6 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: 5 V/5 kWh2: 5 V/10 kWh3: 5 V/50 kWh4: 5 V/100 kWh5: 5 V/500 kWh6: 5 V/1 MWh

Function Sets the output rate when an integrated value was specified for the D/Aoutput in Integrated mode.

Error ･An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above is setfor (data).･In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":INTE:AOUT:RATE 1"

Sets the D/A output item to 5 V/5 kWh in Integrated measurement mode.

■ Integrated measurement D/A output rate query

Syntax INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?

Function Returns the Integrated mode D/A output rate setting.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE data""data"


":INTE:AOUT:RATE?"":INTEGRATE:AOUT:RATE 1"

":INTE:AOUT:RATE?""1"

INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE

INTEgrate:AOUT:RATE?

199────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output setting

Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FD data


Function Sets Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output to ON or OFF.

Note If there is no FDD unit connected, if there is no floppy disk loaded in thedrive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.

Error ･ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FD ON"

Sets integrated mode FD automatic output to on.

■ Integrated measurement mode FD automatic output query

Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?

Function Returns the current Integrated measurement mode FD automatic outputquery in（data）as either ON or OFF.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD data""data"


":INTE:DATA:FD?"":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FD ON"

":INTE:DATA:FD?""ON"

INTEgrate:DATAout:FD

INTEgrate:DATAout:FD?

200────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement FD output file name setting

Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data


Function Sets the file name that is used for Demand measurement mode FD output.


drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally, but the first attempt to executeautomatic output will generate an error, and automatic output will not beexecuted.

Error ･ An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).･ An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character

string that consisted of 9 or more characters.･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:


Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:FILE TEST"Sets "TEST" as the file name for Integrated measurement mode FD output.

■ Integrated measurement FD output file name query

Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname data

Function Returns the name of the file used for Integrated measurement mode FDoutput in (data) in the form of a character string.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME data""data"


":INTE:DATA:FILE?"":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"

":INTE:DATA:FILE?""TEST"

INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname

INTEgrate:DATAout:FILEname?

201────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement print/save item setting

Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2,data3

data data1, data2, data3 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1


data1 Instantan-

eou

power

Instantan-

eou

current

Instantan-

eou

voltage

data2 Minimum

power

Minimum


Maximum

power

Maximum

current

Maximum

voltage

data3 Power

integration

Average

value

Function ･ Sets the save/print items for Integrated measurement mode. Send datawith the bits corresponding to the items to be output set to "1".･ No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.



Example Transmission ":INTE:DATA:ITEM 7,63,3"Sets the Integrated measurement mode save/print items to "all data".

■ Integrated measurement print/save item query

Syntax INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?

Function Returns the items set for print/save in Integrated measurement mode in(data1), (data2), or (data3) in the form of NR1 numeric data ranging from0 to 255.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2,data3""data1,data2,data3"


":INTE:DATA:ITEM?"":INTEGRATE:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0,0"

":INTE:DATA:ITEM?""7,0,0"

INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM

INTEgrate:DATAout:ITEM?

202────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Output interval setting

Syntax INTEgrate:INTerval data1,data2

data data1 Hours 0 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the output interval timer (the automatic output interval duringintegration).

Error ・An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of theranges indicated above.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


Example Transmission ":INTE:INT 1,0"

Sets the output interval timer to 1 hour.

■ Output interval timer query

Syntax INTEgrate:INTerval?

Function Returns the output interval timer in (data1), (data2) in the form of NR1numeric data .

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL data1,data2""data1,data2"


":INTE:INT?"":INTEGRATE:INTERVAL 1,0"

":INTE:INT?""1,0"

INTEgrate:INTerval

INTEgrate:INTerval?

203────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement start in integrated measurement mode

Syntax INTEgrate:STARt

data No present

Function Starts integration.

Note If the integration start method is set to "TIME", the power meter enters theintegrated measurement wait state. If the integrated measurement starttime has already passed when the power meter enters this state,integration is not executed.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR"

Starts integration (or puts the power meter in the integrated measurementwait state).

INTEgrate:STARt

204────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement start method setting

Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:METHod data

data MANUAL, TIME (character data)

Function Sets the integrated measurement start method.


・An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).

Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR:METH TIME"

Sets the integrated measurement start method to TIME.

■ Integrated measurement start method query

Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?

Function Returns the Integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in theform of character data.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:START:METHOD data""data"


":INTE:STAR:METH?"":INTEGRATE:START:METHODTIME"

":INTE:STAR:METH?""TIME"

INTEgrate:STARt:METHod

INTEgrate:STARt:METHod?

205────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement start method setting

Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5


Function Sets the Integrated measurement start time.

Note If a time that has already passed is set, integrated measurement does notbegin.



Example Transmission ":INTE:STAR:TIME 1997,1,8,20,45"

Sets the Integrated measurement start time to 20:45 on January 8, 1997.

■ Integrated measurement start time query

Syntax INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?

Function The integrated measurement start time is returned in (data1) through(data6). (All as NR1 numeric data.)

Responsesyntax


":INTE:STAR:TIME?""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"


":DEM:STAR:TIME?"":INTEGRATE:START:TIME1997,1,8,20,45"

":INTE:STAR:TIME?""1997,1,8,20,45"

INTEgrate:STARt:TIME

INTEgrate:STARt:TIME?

206────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement status query

Syntax INTEgrate:STATe?

data 0, 1, 2, 3 (NR1 numeric data)0: Reset1: In standby2: Demanding3: Stopped

Function Returns the demand measurement status by means of NR1 numeric data(data).

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:STATE data""data"


":INTE:STAT?"":INTEGRATE:STATE 1"

":INTE:STAT?""1"

■ Integrated measurement stop in integrated measurement mode

Syntax INTEgrate:STOP

data No present

Function Stops integration.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orduring integrated measurement.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP"

Stops integration.

INTEgrate:STATe?

INTEgrate:STOP

207────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement stop method setting

Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:METHod data

data MANUAL, TIME, TIMER (character data)

Function Sets the integrated measurement stop method.


・An command error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).

Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP:METH MANUAL"

Sets the integrated measurement start method to MANUAL.

■ Integrated measurement start method query

Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?

Function Returns the integrated measurement start time settings in (data) in theform of character data.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD data""data"


":INTE:STOP:METH?"":INTEGRATE:STOP:METHOD MANUAL"

":INTE:STOP:METH?""MANUAL"

INTEgrate:STOP:METHod

INTEgrate:STOP:METHod?

208────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integration stop time setting

Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5


Function Sets the Integration stop time.

Error ・An execution error occurs if a nonexistent date is set.・An execution error results if a time that has already passed is set.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


Example Transmission ":INTE:STOP:TIME 1997,1,9,20,45"

Sets the Integrated measurement stop time to 20:45 on January 9, 1997.

■ Integration stop time query

Syntax INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?

Function The integrated measurement stop time is returned in (data1) through(data5). (All as NR1 numeric data.)

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME data1,data2,data3,data4,data5""data1,data2,data3,data4,data5"


":INTE:STOP:TIME?"":INTEGRATE:STOP:TIME1997,1,9,20,45"

":INTE:STOP:TIME?""1997,1,9,20,45"

INTEgrate:STOP:TIME

INTEgrate:STOP:TIME?

209────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated timer setting

Syntax INTEgrate:TIMEr data1,data2,data3

data data1 Hours 10 to 1000 (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 Minutes 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 Seconds 0 to 59 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the integrated timer (integration time).

Note The minimum value for the integration timer is 10 seconds; the maximumvalue is 1000 hours.

Error ・An execution error results if an attempt is made to set a time outside of theranges indicated above.・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:


Example Transmission ":INTE:TIME 10,0,0"

Sets the integration timer (integration time) to 10 hours.

■ Integrated timer query

Syntax INTEgrate:TIMEr?

Function Returns the integrated timer (integration time) setting.

Responsesyntax


":INTEGRATE:TIMER data1,data2,data3""data1,data2,data3"


":INTE:TIME?"":INTEGRATE:TIMER 10,0,0"

":INTE:TIME?""10,0,0"

INTEgrate:TIMEr

INTEgrate:TIMEr?

210────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Key lock execution

Syntax KLOCk data


Function Locks the keys.

Error ・In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:When this command is executed in a mode other than measurementmode.In the event of a system error.

・An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).

Example Transmission ":KLOC ON"

Locks the keys.

■ Key lock execution query

Syntax KLOCk?

Function Returns the key lock execution status in (data) as either ON or OFF.

Responsesyntax


":KLOCK data""data"


":KLOC?"":KLOCK ON"

":KLOC?""ON"

KLOCk

KLOCk?

211────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement instantaneous data query

Syntax MEASure:DEMand:INSTant? data1,data2

data data1 0 to 255: Voltage, current instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR 1)data2 0 to 255: Power instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR 1)

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1


data1 Iave I3 I2 I1 Uave U3 U2 U1

data2 F PF S Q P

Function Returns the data for the measurement item specified by (data1) and(data2).

Responsesyntax

Headers

Data formats

U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave (data1)P,Q,S,PF,F (data2)+123.45E+67

Note The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to acomma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.

Error ･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:If the measurement mode is not Demand Measurement modeIn the event of a system error.

･If a value outside of the setting range is set for either <data1> or <data2>, acommand error results.

Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:INST? 255,0"Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1" ,"I2", "I3", and "Iave" from themeasurement data.

MEASure:DEMand:INSTant?

212────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement demand data query

Syntax MEASure:DEMand:DEMand? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7, data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13

data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data9 0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data10 0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data11 0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data12 0 to 255 Maximum average value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data13 0 to 255 Maximum average value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)

MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?

213────────────────────────────────────────────────────


128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1


data1 I3max I2max I1max U3max U2max U1max

data2 Fmax DF-max PFmax Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax

data3 qtime DTI3max

DTI2max DTI1max

DTU3max

DTU2max

DTU1max

data4 start DTFmax

DTPF-max

DTPFmax

DTSmax DTQ-max DTQmax DTPmax

data5 I3min I2min I1min U3min U2min U1min

data6 Fmin PF-min PFmin Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin

data7 DTI3min

DTI2min DTI1min

DTU3min DTU2min DTU1min

data8 DTFmin

DTPF-min DTPFmin

DTSmin DTQ-min DTQmin DTPmin

data9 WQ- WQ+ WQ WP- WP+ WP

data10 WS- WS+ WS

data11 TLF LF PFave Save Qave Pave

data12 TLFmax PFavemax Savemax Qavemax Pavemax

data13 DTTLFmax DTPFavemax

DTSavemax

DTQavemax

DTPavemax

Function Returns data on the measurement items specified by (data1) to (data13).

214────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Responsesyntax

Headers

U1max,U2max,U3max,I1max,I2max,I3max data1

Pmax,Qmax,Q-max,Smax,PFmax,PF-max,Fmax data2

U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2maxDATE,U2max TIMEU3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

data3

Pmax DATE,Pmax TIME,Qmax DATE,Qmax TIME,Q-max DATE,Q-max TIME,Smax TIME,Smax DATE,PFmax DATE,PFmax TIME,PF-max DATE,PF-max TIME,Fmax DATE,Fmax TIME,START DATE,START TIME

data4

U1min,U2min,U3min,I1min,I2min,I3min data5

Pmin,Qmin,Q-min,Smin,PFmin,PF-min,Fmin data6

U1min DATE,U1min TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,U3min DATE,U3min TIME,I1min DATE,I1min TIME,I2min DATE,I2min TIME,I3min DATE,I3min TIME

data7

Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,PF-min DATE,PF-min TIME,Fmin DATE,Fmin TIME

data8

WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ- data9

WS,WS+,WS- data10

Pave,Qave,Save,PFave,LF,TLF data11

Pavemax,Qavemax,Savemax,PFavemax,LFmax,TLFmax data12

Pavemax DATE,Pavemax TIME,Qavemax DATE,Qavemax TIME,Savemax DATE,Savemax TIME,PFavemax DATE,PFavemax TIME,TLFmax DATE,TLFmax TIME

data13

Data formatsDateHoursMax and min data,PF,F,PFave,Pave,Qave andSaveInstantaneous valuedata except PF,FIntegrated value

yy/mm/ddhh:mm:ss+123.4E+0(9 characters in all)

+123.45E+0(10 characters in all)


215────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Note ・"qtime" for (data3) specifies the time at which this query was received.・"start" for (data4) specifies the starting time of the measurement for the

minimum/maximum values.・When "MEAS:DEMand:DEMand?" has been specified, nothing is output even

if "TLF" or "LF" is specified for (data11) and (data12) and (data13) are alsospecified.・The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a

comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.・If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is

specified for (data9), nothing is output.・If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is

specified for (data10), nothing is output.


If the measurement mode is not Demand measurement mode.In the event of a system error.When no items at all are specified.

Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:DEM? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0"

Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the demand.

216────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Demand measurement daily report data query

Syntax MEASure:DEMand:DAYly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13

data Same as in (demand measurement demand data query)MEASure:DEMand:DEMand?

Example Transmission ":MEAS:DEM:DAY? 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,7,0,0,0,0"

Inquires about "Wh", "Wh+" and "Wh-" from the daily report.

■ Demand measurement weekly report data query

Syntax MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13


■ Demand measurement monthly report data query

Syntax MEASure:DEMand:MONthly? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13


■ Demand measurement integrated data query

Syntax MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7,data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13


MEASure:DEMand:DAYly?

MEASure:DEMand:WEEKly?

MEASure:DEMand:MONthly?

MEASure:DEMand:INTEgrate?

217────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Integrated measurement data query

Syntax MEASure:INTEgrate? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7, data8,data9,data10,data11,data12,data13

data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data9 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data10 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data11 0 to 255 Integrated active power, integrated reactive power, specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data12 0 to 255 Integrated apparent power specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data13 0 to 255 Average value within a time period specification (numerical data in NR1 format)

MEASure:INTEgrate?

218────────────────────────────────────────────────────


128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1



data2 F PF S Q P

data3 I3max I2max I1 U3max U2max

U1max

data4 Fmax PF-max PFmax

Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax

data5 qtime DTI3max

DTI2max

DTI1max

DTU3max

DTU2max

DTU1max

data6 start DTFmax

DTPF-max

DTPFmax



data8 Fmin PF-min PFmin

Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin

data9 DTI3min

DTI2min DTI1min

DU3min DTU2min DTU1min

data10 DTFmin

DTPF-min DTPFmin


data11 etime WQ- WQ+ WQ WP- WP+ WP

data12 WS- WS+ WS

data13 PFave Save Qave Pave


Responsesyntax

Headers

U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave data1

P,Q,S,PF,F data2



U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME,U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

data5

219────────────────────────────────────────────────────



data6



U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,U3min DATE,U3min TIME

data9

Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME

data10

WP,WP+,WP-,WQ,WQ+,WQ-,ELAPSED TIME data11

WS,WS+,WS- data12

Pave,Qave,Save,PFave data13

Data formatsDateHoursMax, and min data,PF,F,PFaveInstantaneous valuedata except PF,F andPave,Qave and SaveIntegrated dataIntegrated elapsedmeasurement time



+123.456E+0(11 characters in all)hhhh:mm:ss


minimum/maximum values.・"etime" for (data11) specifies the time at which integrated elapsed

measurement time.・If the reactive power meter method is used, even if "WS-" or "WS+" is

specified for (data10), nothing is output.・If the reactive power meter method is not used, even if "WQ-" or "WQ+" is

specified for (data9), nothing is output.・The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a

comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If the measurement mode is not Integrated measurement mode.In the event of a system error.When no items at all are specified.

Example Transmission ":MEAS:INTE? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"

Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from themeasurement data.

220────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Normal measurement data query

Syntax MEASure:NORMal? data1,data2,data3,data4,data5,data6,data7, data8,data9,data10

data data1 0 to 255 Voltage, current instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data2 0 to 255 Power instantaneous value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data3 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data4 0 to 255 Power maximum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data5 0 to 255 Voltage, current maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data6 0 to 255 Power maximum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data7 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data8 0 to 255 Power minimum value specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data9 0 to 255 Voltage, current minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)data10 0 to 255 Power minimum value generation time specification (numerical data in NR1 format)

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1



data2 F PF S Q P

data3 I3max I2max I1max U3max U2max U1max

data4 Fmax PF-max PFmax

Smax Q-max Qmax Pmax

data5 qtime DTI3max

DTI2max DTI1max

DTU3max

DTU2max

DTU1max

data6 start DTFmax

DTPF-max

DTPFmax



data8 Fmin PF-min PFmin

Smin Q-min Qmin Pmin

data9 DTI3min

DTI2min DTI1min

DU3min DTU2min DTU1min

data10 DTFmin

DTPF-min DTPFmin


MEASure:NORMal?

221────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Responsesyntax

Headers

U1,U2,U3,Uave,I1,I2,I3,Iave data1

P,Q,S,PF,F data2



U1max DATE,U1max TIME,U2max DATE,U2max TIME,U3max DATE,U3max TIME,I1max DATE,I1max TIME,I2max DATE,I2max TIME,I3max DATE,I3max TIME,OUTPUT DATE,OUTPUT TIME

data5


data6



U1min DATE,UImin TIME,U2min DATE,U2min TIME,U3min DATE,U3min TIME

data9

Pmin DATE,Pmin TIME,Qmin DATE,Qmin TIME,Q-min DATE,Q-min TIME,Smin DATE,Smin TIME,PFmin DATE,PFmin TIME,PF-min DATE,PF-minTIME,FminDATE,FminTIME

data10

Data formatsDateHoursMax and min data, PF,FInstantaneous valuedata except PF,F




minimum/maximum values.・The message unit separator can be switched from a semicolon (";") to a

comma (",") with the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If the measurement mode is not Normal measurement mode.In the event of a system error.When no items at all are specified.

Example Transmission ":MEAS:NORM? 255,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0"

Inquires about "U1", "U2", "U3", "Uave", "I1", "I2", "I3" and "Iave" from themeasurement data.

222────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Normal measurement D/A output item setting

Syntax NORMal:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4

data U1, U2, U3, UAVE (character data)I1, I2, I3, IAVE (character data)P, Q, S (character data)PF,F (character data)

Function Sets the D/A output (channels 1 to 4) items in normal measurement mode.

Error ･An execution error results if any data other than that indicated above is setfor (data1), (data2), (data3), or (data4).･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:

If an item that was specified (U2, U3, UAVE, I2, I3, IAVE) is notavailable for the line being measured.In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":NORM:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

Sets the D/A output item CH1 to "U1", CH2 to "P", CH3 to "Q", and CH4 to"S" in Integrated measurement mode.

■ Normal measurement D/A output item query

Syntax NORMal:AOUT?

Function Returns the normal measurement mode D/A output item settings in(data1) through (data4) in the form of character data.

Responsesyntax


":NORMAL:AOUT data1,data2,data3,data4""data1,data2,data3,data4"


":NORM:AOUT?"":NORMAL:AOUT U1,P,Q,S"

":NORM:AOUT?""U1,P,Q,S"

NORMal:AOUT

NORMal:AOUT?

223────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Normal measurement FD output file name setting

Syntax NORMal:DATAout:FILEname data


Function Sets the file name that is used for normal measurement mode FD output.


drive, if an existing file name is being used, or if the disk is write-protected,this command itself ends normally.

Error ･ An execution error results if an attempt was made to use a character thatcannot be used in (data).･An execution error results if an attempt was made to specify a character

string that consisted of 9 or more characters.･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error generated:

In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":NORM:DATA:FILE TEST"Sets "TEST" as the file name for normal measurement mode FD output.

■ Normal measurement FD output file name query

Syntax NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?

Function Returns the name of the file used for normal measurement mode FDoutput in (data) in the form of a character string.

Responsesyntax


":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME data""data"


":NORM:DATA:FILE?"":NORMAL:DATAOUT:FILENAME TEST"

":NORM:DATA:FILE?""TEST"

NORMal:DATAout:FILEname

NORMal:DATAout:FILEname?

224────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Normal measurement print/save item setting

Syntax NORMal:DATAout:ITEM data1,data2

data data1, data2 0 to 255 (numerical data in NR 1)

128 64 32 16 8 4 2 1


data1 Instantan-

eou

power

Instantan-

eou

current

Instantan-

eou

voltage

data2 Minimum

power

Minimum


Maximum

power

Maximum

current

Maximum

voltage

Function ･ Sets the print/save items for normal measurement mode. Send data withthe bits corresponding to the items to be output set.･ No error results if a bit with no corresponding item is set.


In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":NORM:DATA:ITEM 7,63"Sets the normal measurement mode print/save items to "all data".

■ Normal measurement print/save item query

Syntax NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?

Function Returns the print/save items for normal measurement mode as a numericalvalue (data1, data2) in NR1 format. This value is one of the set: 0 through255.

Responsesyntax


":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM data1,data2""data1,data2"


":NORM:DATA:ITEM?"":NORMAL:DATAOUT:ITEM 7,0"

":NORM:DATA:ITEM?""7,0"

NORMal:DATAout:ITEM

NORMal:DATAout:ITEM?

225────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Reactive power operation method setting

Syntax OPERationvar data

data ON, OFF (character data)ON: Calculates the reactive power by means of the reactive power meter

method.OFF: Calculates the reactive power on the basis of the effective value.

Function Sets whether or not the reactive power meter method is to be used.

Note If this command is executed, the current maximum/minimum value data isreset. Does not utilize the reactive power meter method.

Error ･ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", a command erroris generated.･ If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for or

executing integrated measurement and demand measurement.

Example Transmission ":OPER OFF"

Specifies that the reactive meter method is not being used.

■ Reactive power operation method query

Syntax OPERationvar?

Function Returns the reactive power operation method setting query in (data) aseither ON or OFF.

Responsesyntax


":OPERATIONVAR data""data"


":OPER?"":OPERATIONVAR OFF"

":OPER?""OFF"

OPERationvar

OPERationvar?

226────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ System reset execution

Syntax RESEt

data No present

Function Executes a system reset, restoring all settings to their factory settings.

Error In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:In the event of a system error.

Example Transmission ":RESE"

Executes a system reset.

RESEt

227────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Sampling method setting

Syntax SAMPling data

data PLL, CLOCK (character data)

Function Sets the sampling method.

Note If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.

Error ・If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or

executing integrated measurement or demand measurement, a device-dependent error results.

Example Transmission ":SAMP CLOCK"

Sets the sampling method to the fixed clock .

■ Sampling method setting check query

Syntax SAMPling?

Function Returns the sampling method setting in (data) as either PLL or CLOCK.

Responsesyntax


":SAMPLING data""data"


":SAMP?"":SAMPLING CLOCK"

":SAMP?""CLOCK"

SAMPling

SAMPling?

228────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ CT ratio setting

Syntax SCALe:CT data

data 0.01 to 10000.00 (numerical data in NR2 format)

Function The current value of CT ratio is set.

Note ・If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.・If data is not in NRf format.

Error ・If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.・If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or


Example Transmission ":SCAL:CT 1"The CT ratio is set to 1.

■ CT ratio setting query

Syntax SCALe:CT?

Function The current value of CT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) inNR2 numerical format.

Note With this query, if any error occurs, no response message is produced.

Responsesyntax

If headers are ONIf headers are OFFdata

":SCALE:CT data""data"+1.00000E-02 to +1.00000E+04(numerical data in NR3 format)


":SCAL:CT?"":SCALE:CT +1.00000E+00"

":SCAL:CT?""+1.00000E+00"

SCALe:CT

SCALe:CT?

229────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ PT ratio setting

Syntax SCALe:PT data

data 1 to 10000 (numerical value in NR1 format)

Function ･ The current value of PT ratio is set.

Note ･ If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.･ Setting the averaging count.

Error ･ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.･ If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or


Example Transmission ":SCAL:PT 1"The PT ratio is set to 1.

■ PT ratio setting query

Syntax SCALe:PT?

Function The current value of PT ratio is returned as a numerical value (data) inNR1 numerical format.

Responsesyntax


":SCALE:PT data""data"


":SCAL:PT?"":SCALE:PT 1"

":SCAL:PT?""1"

SCALe:PT

SCALe:PT?

230────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source setting

Syntax SOURce data

data U1, I1 (character data)

Function Sets the source for PLL synchronization and for frequency measurement.

Note If data is other than character data, a command error is generated.

Error ･ If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.･ If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or


Example Transmission ":SOUR U1"Sets the voltage (U1) as the source for PLL synchronization and forfrequency measurement.

■ PLL synchronization source, frequency measurement source query

Syntax SOURce?

Function Returns the PLL synchronization and frequency measurement sourcesetting in (data) as either U1 or I1.

Responsesyntax


":SOURCE data""data"


":SOUR?"":SOURCE U1"

":SOUR?""U1"

SOURce

SOURce?

231────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Separator setting

Syntax TRANsmit:SEParator data

data 1, 2 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Sets the semicolon ";" as the separator.2: Sets the comma "," as the separator.

Function Sets the separator for RS-232C command responses.

Error If the value other than setting limit is set, an execution error is generated.

Example Transmission ":TRAN:SEP 1"Sets the semicolon as the separator.

■ Separator setting query

Syntax TRANsmit:SEParator?

Function Returns the setting for the separator for RS-232C command responses asNR1 numeric data (<data>).

Responsesyntax


":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR data""data"


":TRAN:SEP?"":TRANSMIT:SEPARATOR 1"

":TRAN:SEP?""1"

TRANsmit:SEParator

TRANsmit:SEParator?

232────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Delimiter setting

Syntax TRANsmit:TERMinator data

data 1, 2, 3 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Sets "CR" as the delimiter.2: Sets "LF" as the delimiter.3: Sets "CR" and "LF" as the delimiters .

Function Sets the delimiter for RS-232C command responses. (Setting when sendingthe delimiter from the personal computer interface setting item.)

Error An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for (data).

Example Transmission ":TRAN:TERM 1"

Sets "CR" as the delimiter.

■ Delimiter setting query

Syntax TRANsmit:TERMinator?

Function Returns the delimiter setting query in (data) as either 1, 2 or 3.

Responsesyntax


":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR data""data"


":TRAN:TERM?"":TRANSMIT:TERMINATOR 1"

":TRAN:TERM?""1"

TRANsmit:TERMinator

TRANsmit:TERMinator?

233────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Voltage range setting value query

Syntax VOLTage?

Function Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value (data1) inNR1 format, and also returns whether voltage auto-ranging is presentlytaking place or not as "ON" or "OFF" (as data2).

Note By using the "TRANsmit:SEParator" command, the message unit separatorcan be changed from the semicolon ";" to the comma ",".

Responsesyntax


":VOLTAGE:RANGE data1;AUTO data2""data1;data2"


":VOLT?"":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150;AUTO OFF"

":VOLT?""150;OFF"

VOLTage?

234────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Turns voltage auto rang setting

Syntax VOLTage:AUTO data


Function Turns voltage auto ranging ON or OFF.

Error ･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If this command is executed in the hold state.If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

･ If data is set to character data other than "ON" or "OFF", an executionerror is generated.

Example Transmission ":VOLT:AUTO ON"Voltage auto range setting is turned on.

■ Voltage auto rang setting query

Syntax VOLTage:AUTO?

Function Returns as "ON" or "OFF" (data) whether or not voltage auto ranging ispresently enabled.

Responsesyntax


":VOLTAGE:AUTO data""data"


":VOLT:AUTO?"":VOLTAGE:AUTO ON"

":VOLT:AUTO?""ON"

VOLTage:AUTO

VOLTage:AUTO?

235────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Voltage range setting

Syntax VOLTage:RANGe data

data 150, 300, 600 (numerical data in NR1 format)

Function Sets the voltage range. The units are volts (V).

Error ･ In the following circumstances, a device dependent error is generated:If this command is executed in the HOLD state .If an attempt was made to execute this command while waiting for orexecuting integrated measurement and demand measurement.In the event of a system error.

･ data is other than NRf format data, an execution error is generated.

Example Transmission ":VOLT:RANG 150"The range is set to 150 V.

■ Voltage rang setting query

Syntax VOLTage:RANGe?

Function Returns the presently set voltage range as a numerical value in NR1format.

Responsesyntax


":VOLTAGE:RANGE data""data"


":VOLT:RANG?"":VOLTAGE:RANGE 150"

":VOLT:RANG?""150"

VOLTage:RANGe

VOLTage:RANGe?

236────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Wiring method setting

Syntax WIRing data

data 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (numerical data in NR1 format)1: Single-phase, two-wire2: Single-phase, three-wire3: Three-phase, three-wire, two-current4: Three-phase, three-wire, three-current5: Three-phase, four-wire

Function Sets the wiring method.

Note ・If this setting is incorrect, correct measurements will not be obtained.・If this command is executed, the current minimum/maximum value data is

reset.

Error ･ An execution error results if any value other than that indicated above isset for <data>.･ If an attempt is made to execute this command while waiting for or during

integrated measurement, a device-dependent error results.

Example Transmission ":WIR 1"Sets the wiring method as single-phase, two-wire.

■ Wiring method setting query

Syntax WIRing?

Function Returns the wiring method setting as a numerical value in NR1 format.

Responsesyntax


":WIRING data""data"


":WIR?"":WIRING 1"

":WIR?""1"

WIRing

WIRing?

237────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.5 Sample Program────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.5 Sample Program

The sample program illustrates how to use the RS-232C interface.Operation of the program on an IBM-PC/AT Computer has been confirmed.

Setting conditionVoltage: 150 V rangeCurrent: 100 A rangePT ratio: 1CT ratio: 1Reactive power meter method: Not usedMeasurement mode: Integrated measurementIntegration time: 1 hour (timer setting)Integration data: Active power, reactive power, apparent power, average value within a time period

238────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.5 Sample Program────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.5.1 RS-232C

100

110120130140150160170180190200210220230240250260270280290300310320330340350360370380390400410420430

440450460470480490500510520530

OPEN "COM1:9600,N,8,1,RS,RB4096" FOR RANDOMAS #1PRINT #1, ":RESET"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":DISP:INTE 3"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":DRES"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":VOLT:RANG 150"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":CURR:RANG 100"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":WIRING 1"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":SCALE:PT 1"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":SCALE:CT 1"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":OPER OFF"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAR:METH MANUAL"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:STOP:METH TIMER"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:TIME 1,0,0"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":HEAD OFF"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$PRINT #1, ":INTE:START"LINE INPUT #1, tmp$: PRINT tmp$GOSUB wait3sec:PRINT #1, ":INTE:STAT?"INPUT #1, stat$IF stat$ <> "1" THEN 390PRINT #1, ":MEAS:INTE?0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,255,255,255"LINE INPUT #1, MEAS$PRINT MEAS$CLOSEENDwait3sec:SEC = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))SEC2 = VAL(MID$(TIME$, 7, 2))IF SEC2 < SEC THEN SEC2 = SEC2 + 60IF (SEC2 - SEC) < 3 THEN 500RETURN

NOTE

Program list Program comments100 Open the RS-232C line file

110 Executes a system reset.120 Waits for a response130 Displays the Integrated value display screen

(page 1/2 ).

150 Resets the integration data.

170 Sets the voltage to the 150V range.

190 Sets the current to the 100A range.

210 Sets the wiring to single-phase, two-wire.

230 Sets the PT ratio to "1".

250 Sets the CT ratio to "1".

270 Sets the reactive power method so that it is notused.

290 Sets "manual start" for integration.

310 Sets integration to the stop timer.

330 Sets them timer (integration time) to 1 hour.

350 Turns the response header off.

370 Starts integrated measurement.

390 Waits for approximately 3 seconds.400 Inquires about the integration status.

420 Jumps to 390 if stat$ is not "1" (Has the effectof waiting until integrated measurement iscomplete.)

430 Gets the integrated data.

450 Displays the integrated data on the personalcomputer screen.

460 Closes the RS-232C line file.

480 to 530 Three-second wait routine

・Follow commands with "LINE INPUT #1, tmp$" in the next line. (tmp$ isoptional.)・The display language is shifted to Japanese by executing a reset command.

239────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Symptom Cause / Treatment

The RS-232C has stoppedworking completely.

Are the cables properly connected?

Are both the power meter and the personal computer on?

Are the cables properly connected?

Transmission on the RS-232Cis not taking place properly.

Is the personal computer message terminator (delimiter) setcorrectly?

Do the power meter’s settings for the device connected to theRS-232C interface (baud rate, data length, parity check, stop bits,flow control, terminator) match the settings in the controller?

After transmission on the RS-232C, the keys on the 3166freeze up and have no effect.

Cancel the power meter’s key lock function and exit the remotestate.

Are both the power meter and the controller on?

When attempting to read datausing a Basic INPUT statement,the RS-232C hangs.

Be sure to transmit one query before each Basic INPUTstatement.

Did the query that was sent generate an error?

Although a command has beentransmitted, nothing hashappened.

Did an error occur?

Not enough data was loaded. If the data includes any commas, try using the "LINE INPUT"statement.

Sending several queries,produces only one response.

Did an error occur?

Read in the response for each query that is sent, one at a time. Ifyou want to read in responses all at one time, use the messageunit separator to combine all of the queries into one line.

The query response messagedoes not agree with the 3166display.

Due to the response message being produced at the instant thatthe 3166 receives the query, there is a possibility that it may notagree with the display at the instant that the controller reads it in.

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface

240────────────────────────────────────────────────────

11.6 Cautions Concerning the RS-232C Interface────────────────────────────────────────────────────

241────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 12Connecting a Modem

The 3166 can be operated by remote control and automatic output through amodem by connecting the modem to the RS-232C interface.If connected to a telephone line, a modem makes it possible to retrievemeasured values or change settings from a distant location.This chapter explains how to connect a modem and a computer ("personalcomputer") to the power meter and how to operate the power meter by remotecontrol.

242────────────────────────────────────────────────────


WARNING In order to avoid the possibility of an electric shock, unplug the powermeter’s power cord and disconnect the other wiring before connectingthe RS-232C cable to the interface connector.

Turn the power off when connecting the modem to the power meter.Connecting or disconnecting cables while the power is on coulddamage the equipment.Turn the power off when connecting the modemto the power meter. Connecting or disconnecting cables while the poweris on could damage the equipment.

CAUTION After connecting the RS-232C cable, always be sure to secure the connectionwith the screws on the connector.

Modem Modem Personalcomputer

Publictelephoneline

3166

Modem Connection Diagram


An RS-232C straight cable is used to connect a modem to the 3166.In addition, when connecting the modem to the personal computer, use astraight cable suited for the connector on the personal computer. The onlydifferences is that a modem, telephone line, and another modem are connectedbetween the personal computer and the power meter.

243────────────────────────────────────────────────────

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

12.2.1 Automatic Measurement Data Output

12.2.2 Operating Procedure

Setting the 3166・Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".

Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking, stop bits,flow control, and the delimiter.・Set the destination telephone number, destination information, the initialization command, and the ID code.

Setting the modem connected to the personal computerUse the terminal software to check the "automatic answer"setting for the modem and the modem connection

Set the print/save items and the RS-232C automatic outputitems in the 3166

Connect the 3166 to the line to be measured andbegin measurement

The measurement data is sent to the personalcomputer at the set interval

Connect the RS-232C cable

Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer

12.2 Functions That Use the Modem (1)

Measurement data can be automatically output to the personal computer viathe modem during each integrated measurement interval period and eachdemand measurement period.

244────────────────────────────────────────────────────


12.2.3 Setting the 3166


Modem Setting Window

NOTE

(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Modem". Then set the modeminterface settings as necessary. Using the initial values is recommended.For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232CDevice."

(2) Setting the destination telephone number

The characters that can be used in the destination telephone setting arenormal-width numerals, "-" (hyphen), and "," (comma). Any other charactersthat are input are ignored.For example, in order to call the number of "0268-28-0575", the followingsetting would need to be made: 0268280575 (or 0268-28-0575)

(3) Setting the destination information

This item is used as a comment field. Input any information that might benecessary. This field may be left empty.

(4) Setting the initialization command

Input the modem initialization command in this item.The initial value set for this command is "ATTE0&C1&D2". (Tone dialing;dial tone detection; CD signal follows carrier signal of other modem;disconnect when ER signal goes from ON to OFF)This command may need to be altered for your particular modem; consult yourmodem’s operating manual.

・If the initialization command is not set correctly, the modem will not functioncorrectly.・When using pulse dialing, set the initialization command to either

"ATP2Q1X4&C1&D2" or "ATP1Q1&C1&D2".

245────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

NOTE

12.2.4 Setting a Modem Connected to a Personal Computer

・When it is necessary to use "\" (backslash) character, instead of the characterthat can be used "￥" normal-width.

・When it is necessary to dial zero first to call from an extension, try adding azero at the start of the destination number. Also set the modem initialization

command to "ATTQ1X0&C1&D2" (when using tone dialing).

(5) Setting the ID code

The character string set for this item is sent together with the data when datais sent from the modem. Any character string can be set.

It is necessary to set "Auto Answer" for a modem that is connected to apersonal computer. An example of the procedure for doing so is describedbelow.

(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer with a straight cable.

(2) Turn on the modem and start up the personal computer.

(3) Start up the terminal (communications) software.

(4) Input the following from the personal computer terminal:

ATZ[Enter]If "OK" is displayed, the modem is connected correctly.

(5) Input:

ATS0=1[Enter]"OK" is displayed.

The modem is now ready for automatic output of measurement data.In Integrated Measurement mode and Demand Measurement mode, set eitherthe interval period or the demand period, and then set "RS-232C automaticoutput." Once measurement begins, the 3166 automatically sends the datathrough the modem at the output time. The personal computer receives thisdata automatically and displays it.

246────────────────────────────────────────────────────


12.3.1 Remote Control

12.3.2 Operating Procedure

Setting the 3166・Set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal computer".・Set the baud rate, the data length, parity checking, stop bits, flow control, and the delimiter.

Setting the modem connected to the 3166Use the terminal software to set the communications speed, etc

Setting the modem connected to the personal computerUse the terminal software to set the communications speed,the delimiter, and flow control

Send the remote control commands from the personal computer

After all commands and data have been sent, terminatethe line connection

Turn on the 3166, the modem, and the personal computer

12.3 Functions That Use the Modem (2)

It is possible to change the 3166’s settings and retrieve measurement datathrough a modem. The procedure is similar to that used for communicationswith a personal computer through the RS-232C interface.

Connect the RS-232C cable.

247────────────────────────────────────────────────────


12.3.3 Setting the 3166

NOTE



12.3.4 Setting the Modem Connected to the 3166

(1) In "Setting" mode, set the "RS-232C device" to "Personal Computer".

Note that the setting is NOT "Modem."

Then set the personal computer interface settings as necessary. Using theinitial values is recommended.For details on how to make these settings, refer to section 8.2.11, "RS-232CDevice."

(2) Be certain to set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.

The modem connected to the 3166 needs to be set for automatic answeringbeforehand. An example setting procedure is described below; these settingsare made through the personal computer.

(1) Connect the modem that is to be connected to the 3166 to the personalcomputer, using a straight cable.

(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.

(3) Start up the terminal software.

(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600bps.

(5) Input the following through the personal computer terminal:

ATZ[Enter]ATQ0E0&C1&D2&W[Enter]

248────────────────────────────────────────────────────


12.3.5 Setting the Modem Connected to the Personal Computer

12.3.6 Actual Control Method

NOTE

(6) Quit the terminal software, turn off the personal computer, and disconnect themodem cable.

(7) Connect the modem to the 3166, and reconnect the telephone line to themodem.

There are a variety of different methods of controlling the 3166 through apersonal computer. The following example describes the method forcontrolling the 3166 from terminal software.

(1) Connect the modem to the personal computer, using a straight cable.

(2) Turn on the modem and then start up the personal computer.

(3) Start up the terminal software.

(4) Set the communication speed between the modem and the terminal to 9600bps.

(5) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the sending side.

(6) Set "CR+LF" as the delimiter on the receiving side.

(7) Set the flow control in accordance with the settings in the 3166.

The following example describes how to actually control the 3166 through themodem.

(1) Start up the terminal software with the settings described in section 12.3.5.

(2) To call, set the destination telephone number.

ATDT○○○○○○[Enter]　　　　　　　　　　（telephone number）

(3) When "CONNECT" is displayed, the line connection has been made.

(4) From the personal computer terminal, input the RS-232C commands that havebeen prepared for the 3166; the 3166 then sends its response.This is the point at which you execute 3166 setup commands, makemeasurement data queries, etc.

(5) Input the following to terminate the connection:

ATH0[Enter]

(6) The remote control procedure is now complete.

For details concerning the modem, refer to the operating manual providedwith the modem.

249────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 13Using the D/A Output

(Optional)

The 9594 D/A OUTPUT is a factory option for the 3166.If the 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, the power meter can be used to outputanalog (D/A) output for the voltage, current, power, etc.

250────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.1 Output Connection Method────────────────────────────────────────────────────

WARNINGTo avoid electrocution, turn off the power to all devices before pluggingorunplugging any of the interface connectors.

CAUTION ・In order to prevent damage to the unit and the clamp on sensor, never plugin or unplug the sensor connector when the power is turned on. (The D/Aoutput is not insulated from the voltage and current inputs.)

・Although there are four channels, they are not insulated from one another.・Use the special cables provided (the 9441 CONNECTION CABLE) for

connection to the D/A output.

Cable Connection

NOTE

13.1 Output Connection Method

As shown in the diagram, align the special connection cable with the connectorguide notch on the D/A output connector and then plug the cable in. (Theconnector has a locking mechanism.)When disconnecting the cable, grasp the plastic portion of the cable connectorand pull it out of the connector.

Plastic cable connectors are used. Attempting to forcibly push the connectorin without aligning it with the connector guide notch, or forcibly pulling it outwithout releasing the lock will damage the connector.

251────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.2 Structure of the Output Connector────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Pin Arrangement of D/A Output Connector

Pin No. Signal name Wire color

1 D/A output channel 1 Red

2 D/A output channel 2 White

3 D/A output channel 3 Black

4 D/A output channel 4 Yellow

5 Ground Blue

6 Ground Green

7 Ground Brown

8 Ground Gray

Pins 5 through 8 are common grounds.

CAUTION To avoid damage to the unit, do not short the output terminal and do not inputvoltage to the output terminal.

13.2 Structure of the Output Connector

The output resistance of the output connector is about 100 Ω.Any oscilloscope or recorder that is connected to the power meter should havean input resistance of at least 100 kΩ.The pin arrangement of the connector is shown below.

252────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.3 Output Response Characteristics────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

Operation length(2 cycles)

Time

D/AOutput

Input

D/A Output Response Characteristics (1)

13.3 Output Response Characteristics

This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycleswhen measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, in NormalMeasurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all measurementvalues as they are continuously measured.Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a powerspike, for example, will be faithfully output. The output response is different,however, in Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.

(1) Normal Measurement mode

In this mode, the output is updated every two cycles when measuring at 50/60Hz (50 Hz: about 40 ms; 60 Hz: about 34 ms) and every 16 cycles whenmeasuring at 400 Hz (about 34 ms).

Although the output update rate is every two or sixteen cycles, there may be adelay of 3 to 4 cycles (or 24 to 32 cycles when measuring at 400 Hz) betweenthe input waveform and the actual output on the D/A output.

253────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.3 Output Response Characteristics────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Operation length(2 cycles)

About 1 second

Input

D/AOutput

Time

D/A Output Response Characteristics (2)

NOTE

(2) Integrated mode and Demand Measurement mode

The output is updated according to the display update rate.

・When using D/A output, the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT must already beinstalled in the 3166 unit. (If the 9594 has been installed, a sticker indicatingthat it has is applied to the rear cover of the power meter.)・Use Normal Measurement mode if fast output updating is required.・The output rate is DC±5 V/f.s. However, in the event of an over-range signal

(display: o.r.), approximately DC±6.6 V is output.When outputting an integrated value as a D/A output, a special output rate isset.Refer to section 6.5.11, "Integrated Output Rate," or section 7.5.10, "IntegratedOutput Rate," depending on the measurement mode.・When the "Wiring Check" screen is being displayed or a wiring check is in

progress, the data that is stored and output is the data prior to entering thatscreen.・If the ratio of PT to CT is set to a value other than 1, the f.s. of the range is a

multiple of the scaling

254────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.4 Output Waveform────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE

Regeneration Consumption

D/A Output for Apparent Power

Lead Lag

D/A Output for Reactive Power

Lead Lag

D/A Output for Power Factor

Regeneration Consumption

D/A Output for Phase Angle

13.4 Output Waveform

Because the output waveform format differs according to the D/A output item,refer to the examples shown below.

・If the reactive power meter method is used, only positive data is output forthe apparent power.・In the case of an plus over-range signal to the positive side, approximately 6.6

V is output, for minus over-range, approximately - 6.6 V is output.・When the display is being held, the data that is being held is output in

Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode.・In the Normal Measurement mode, outputs are updated irrespective of the

hold status of the display.・If the power integration increases uniformly, once it reaches the full-scale

setting the output voltage returns 0 V once and then increases again. (Thelevel is recorded as a sawtooth wave.)

255────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.4 Output Waveform────────────────────────────────────────────────────

D/A Output for Frequency

Elapsed time

Integrated power

DATARESET

START/STOP

DATAHOLD Cancel

START/STOP

The last integratedvalue

Holding* Manual start /stop

D/A Output During Data Hold

Integrated power

Integration start

Elapsed time

* When active power is 5 KW with a uniform increase

D/A Output for Integrated Power

256────────────────────────────────────────────────────

13.4 Output Waveform────────────────────────────────────────────────────

NOTE In the integrated measurement mode or in the demand measurement mode,outputs are held when the window shown below is kept open. Note thatoutputs are updated each time the preset output interval or demand timeelapses.

1. Display selection window2. Page selection window3. Basic setting window (This window displayed when the WIRING or iUi or iiIii key

is pressed on a screen other than the Instantaneous Value Screen.4. Check window (This window displayed when the CHECK key.)5. Setting screen

257────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 14Using the FDD UNIT

(Optional)

258────────────────────────────────────────────────────

14.1 General────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION ･ The 3166 functions that utilize a floppy disk are designed specifically for the9595 FDD UNIT. These functions will not work with any other floppy diskdrive unit.

･ The 9595 FDD UNIT should always be operated indoors in a range from 5℃to 40℃ and 80% RH or less. Do not use the unit in direct sunlight, dustyconditions, or in the presence of corrosive gases.

MS-DOS format※

NEC　PC9801 IBM-PC/AT

2HD 1.2MB 1.44MB

NOTE

14.1 General

The 9595 FDD UNIT is available as an option for the 3166 CLAMP ONPOWER HiTESTER . The features of this floppy disk drive are describedbelow.

(1) Can use 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (supports two modes)

* "MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

(2) Saving and loading setting conditions

Measurements can always be taken under the same conditions by saving thesetting conditions and then loading them for future measurements.

(3) Saving measurement data

The floppy disk drive can be used to save measurement data.The contents of the saved data file can be checked on the 3166 and thenoutput directly to the printer. In addition, because the data is saved in textformat on an MS-DOS format disk, the data can be analyzed, etc., on apersonal computer.

(4) Manual output and auto output

Data can be saved at any time by pressing the "Save" key. In addition, theAuto Output function can be used in Integrated Measurement mode and inDemand Measurement mode in order to automatically save measured values.

(5) The following operations can also be performed:"FD (floppy Disk)" mode

・Formatting floppy disks・Changing file names・Deleting files・Updating (version upgrades)

Note that the saved setting conditions and each file operations are loaded in"FD" mode.

259────────────────────────────────────────────────────

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

1.FD output date and time


Instantaneous value dataat the time of output to thefloppy disk




3. Maximum values




4.Minimum values





2.Integration start time,

integration elapsed time

14.2 Type and Amount of Data That Can Be Saved

The settings for the data items that are to be saved are the same as for theitems that are output to the printer; these print/save items for eachmeasurement mode are used to determine what data is saved to floppy disk.For details on the specific setting method, refer to the respective sectionentitled "Print/Save Items" in the chapter for each measurement mode.Note that these items apply to both automatic output and manual saves.In addition, the items that can be saved differs, depending on whether thereactive power meter method is used or not.

(1) Data that can be saved

●Normal Measurement mode

* The minimum/maximum data includes the time at which the minimum ormaximum was generated.

* Items 3 and 4 represent data that was tabulated from the time that the datareset key was pressed until the FD output time.

●Integrated Measurement mode

260────────────────────────────────────────────────────







4. Maximum values




5. Minimum values




6.Power integration

Active power


Reactive power


Apparent power


7.Average value within

a time period

Integrated average



power integration



2.Demand measurement start time







* Items 4 through 7 represent data that was tabulated until the FD outputtime from the integrated measurement start time.

● Demand Measurement mode

The following data from demand measurement, integrated measurement, dailyreports, weekly reports, and monthly reports can be saved.

261────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

4. Maximum values




5.Minimum values




6.Power integration

Active power


Reactive power


Apparent power


7.Average value within

a time period

Integrated average



power integration


Load factor (LF)

Usage factor (TLF)

8.Daily reports

Power integration,



9.Weekly reports

Power integration,



10.Monthly reports

Power integration,



11.DemandPower integration,

Average value within a time period

12.Integration

Power integration,




* Not included the load factor and usage factor in demand data, however.


262────────────────────────────────────────────────────






NOTE

Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

Number of files 96 files 112 files

Format 1.2MB 1.44MB

Amount of data Approximately 23 days Approximately 28 days


* Instantaneous value, maximum value, minimum value, integrated powerlevel and average value over time data from the period in question can all beset in combination in the daily report, weekly report, monthly report, demandmeasurement, and integrated measurement data (items 8 to 12 above). (Thedata settings are common to all, however.)

●Setting conditions

All setting conditions can be saved from the "Setting screen" for eachmeasurement mode and in "Setting" mode.

(2) Amount of data and number of files that can be saved

How much data can be saved depends on the wiring method, the measurementmode, and the setting items.Specific examples are shown below. (Wiring in all cases is three-phase, four-wire, including the setting files.)

The floppy disk, once full, can store no more data. Replace the floppy disk wellbefore it is full.

1. Normal Measurement mode, all items set to "ON".

2. Integrated Measurement mode, output interval of 30 minutes, all items set to"ON".

263────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Format 1.2MB 1.44MB



Format 1.2MB 1.44MB



Format 1.2MB 1.44MB


Data format

Item Example data Size (bytes)

Date 97/01/25　 8

Time 12:34:56 8

Other than integrated powerlevels

+123.45E+00 11

Integrated power levels +1234.56E+00 12

Out-of-range data +99999E+9 9

Invalid data +00000E+9 9

3. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, All items set toON

4. Demand Measurement mode, demand period of 30 minutes, demandmeasurement set to "ON", instantaneous values, power integration, averagevalue within a time period set to "ON"

5. Setting conditions

(3) Output format for data output to floppy disk

Measurement data is saved in text format, and the data format is shownbelow. Files begin with a header section (all data that has been saved),followed by measurement value sections listed for each time period.A line feed is executed for the header section and for each measured value ateach time.

264────────────────────────────────────────────────────


File Contents

OUTPUT DATE","OUTPUT TIME","INTEG START DATE","INTEG START TIME",

"ELAPSED TIME","U1","U2","U3","Uave","I1","I2","I3","Iave","P","Q","S","PF","F",

"WP","WP+","WP-","WQ","WS","WS+","WS-","Pave","Qave","Save","PFave" Line feed

97/02/13,11:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:00:00,+208.45E+0,+208.47E+0,+208.48E+0,

+208.47E+0,+012.42E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.43E+0,+012.42E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,

+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0,+60.02E+0,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,

+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.06E+3,+005.90E+3,

+007.77E+3,+0.651E+0 Line feed

97/02/13,11:30:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0000:30:00,+208.65E+0,+208.65E+0,+208.67E+0,

+208.66E+0,+012.35E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+012.36E+0,+005.06E+3,+005.85E+3

,+007.74E+3,+0.654E+0,+60.01E+0,+000.432E+3,+000.432E+3,+000.000E+3,

+000.497E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.658E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.19E+3,+005.96E+3,

+007.90E+3,+0.657E+0 Line feed

97/02/13,12:00:00,97/02/13,11:11:00,0001:00:00,+208.66E+0,+208.66E+0,+208.68E+0,

+208.67E+0,+012.31E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+012.32E+0,+005.05E+3,+005.82E+3,

+007.71E+3,+0.655E+0,+59.99E+0,+000.857E+3,+000.857E+3,+000.000E+3,

+000.988E+3,+001.308E+3,+001.308E+3,+000.000E+3,+005.14E+3,+005.92E+3,

+007.84E+3,+0.656E+0 Line feed

Sample Printout of File Contents from the Personal Computer

NOTE For symbols for the header block, see the list in Section 9 of the Appendices.

265────────────────────────────────────────────────────


WARNING In order to avoid electric shock, turn off the 3166 and disconnect thepower cord, the voltage cord, and the clamp on sensors beforeconnecting the 9595 FDD UNIT.

CAUTION The above model is the only floppy disk drive unit that can be used with the3166.

NOTE

Four screws

9595 FDD UNIT To FDD unit connectoron the power meter

Attaching the FDD UNIT


(1) Floppy disk drive model that can be used:

9595 FDD UNIT manufactured by HIOKI

(2) Connection method

1. Turn the power meter off.

2. Use four screws to attach the 9595 FDD UNIT to the back of the 3166’s caseas shown in the diagram.

If the 9595 FDD UNIT is installed into the 3166 CLAMP ON POWERHiTESTER with screw tighten too much, the floppy disk slot cover of the 9595may be fixed. In this case, remove a floppy disk, and loosen the screw so thatthe slot cover close.

3. Connect the connecting cable for the 9595 FDD UNIT to the floppy disk driveconnector on the power meter. Make sure that the connector’s lockingmechanism engages securely. When disconnecting the connecting cable, pressin both tabs of the locking mechanism to release it and then disconnect theconnector.

266────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Power supply voltage 5 V ±5%

Allowable ripple 100 mVp-p

Current consumption During standbyDuring read/writePeak during seekPeak during motorstartup

11 mA typ0.3 A typ0.85 A max0.8 A max

Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name

1 5 V 14 STEP

2 INDEX 15 GND

3 5 V 16 WRITE DATA

4 DRIVE SELECT 17 GND

5 5 V 18 WRITE GATE

6 DISK CHANGE 19 GND

7 FD 20 TRACK 00

8 READY 21 GND

9 MEDIA 22 WRITE PROTECT

10 MOTOR ON 23 GND

11 MODE SELECT 1 24 READ DATA

12 DIRECTION 25 GND

13 MODE SELECT 2 26 SIDE SELECT

Floppy Disk Drive Interface Connector

(3) FDD interface specifications

The specifications for the power meter’s FDD interface are shown below.

1. General specifications

2. Connector specifications

267────────────────────────────────────────────────────

14.4 Using Floppy Disks────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Inserting a Floppy Disk

Ejecting a Floppy Disk

14.4 Using Floppy Disks

Inserting a floppy disk

Insert the floppy disk (with the printed label facing up) all of the way into thedrive.If the floppy disk is inserted correctly, the Eject button will pop out.

Ejecting a floppy disk

Pressing the Eject button as shown in the diagram causes the floppy disk topop out.

268────────────────────────────────────────────────────

14.4 Using Floppy Disks────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Back side of the floppy diskTab in upper position: Write-protection isdisabled (data can be saved to the floppydisk)

Tab in lower position: Write-protection isenabled (data cannot be saved to thefloppy disk)

Floppy Disk Write-protection

CAUTION ・Do not use 2DD floppy disk.・Do not remove the floppy disk while the FD aut output is complete and the

data saved.・Inserting a floppy disk upside down, backwards or in the wrong direction may

damage the instrument.・Do not remove the floppy disk while the drive is operating (the LED on the

floppy drive is on).・Always be sure to eject any floppy disk from the floppy disk drive whenever

you will be carrying or transporting the 9595 FDD UNIT or the 3166.

NOTE

Protecting data on a floppy disk

Each floppy disk has a write-protect tab on it. If the write-protection isenabled, it is impossible to do anything to the data on the floppy disk except toread (load) it.If you wish to perform some sort of operation on the data on the floppy disk(aside from loading it), confirm the contents of the floppy disk and thendisable the write-protection.

When loading data to personal computer via floppy disk, verify that floppydisk formatted in the 3166 is recognized on personal computer.

269────────────────────────────────────────────────────

14.5 Saving Measurement Data────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Print/Save Items for NormalMeasurement

Print/Save Items for IntegratedMeasurement

Print/Save Items for DemandMeasurement

NOTE

14.5 Saving Measurement Data

(1) Set the print/save items on the setting screens for the measurement modes

For details on how to make these settings, refer to "Changing Settings" ineach of the chapters on the various measurement modes.

The items that can be saved differ for each measurement mode.

270────────────────────────────────────────────────────


NOTE

Mode Data Extension Save operation

Setting Setting conditions .SET When the FD key is pressed

Normalmeasurement

Setting conditions

Normalmeasurement data

.SET

.NMO

When the FD key is pressed while the"Setting" screen is displayedWhen the FD key is pressed


Setting conditions

Integratedmeasurement data

.SET

.ITG

When the FD key is pressed while the"Setting" screen is displayedAt the start of integrated measurement(automatic output)Automatically at the set interval(automatic output)

Demandmeasurement

Setting conditions

Demandmeasurement dataIntegrated data

Daily report dataWeekly report dataMonthly report data

.SET

.DEM

.TOT

.DAY.WEE.MON

When the FD key is pressed while the"Setting" screen is displayedAt the start of demand measurement(automatic output)Automatically at the set demand period(automatic output).At the end of measurement(automatic output)Every 24 hours (automatic output)Every 1 week (automatic output)Every 1 month (automatic output)

(2) Setting the file name

Input the file name on the same setting screens for the measurement modesas in step 1 above.File names can consist of up to eight normal-width characters (alphanumerics,katakana) or four double-width characters (kanji, hiragana, katakana).

Reference "Extensions" consist of three letters and are automatically appended at theend of file names. Extensions are useful for identifying the type of data whenyou later load he measurement data and analyze it on the personal computer,for example.

About extensionsThe power meter automatically appends the following extensions to filenames, depending on the measurement mode and the items being saved.When the integrated measurement data or demand measurement data isoutput automatically, the setting conditions and the daily/weekly/monthlyreport data (if these reports have been set) are all created with the same filename but different extensions.

271────────────────────────────────────────────────────


FD Key

Integrated Measurement FD AutoOutput Setting

Demand Measurement FD Auto OutputSetting

Reference ・If no file name is specifiedIf no file name is set, a file named "AUTOXXX" is generated automaticallyand the measurement data is saved in that file."XXX" represents a number from "000" to "999"; the program uses the smallestnumber that is still available.・When saving setting conditions, a file named "SETXXX" is automatically

generated.・If the file name that was set already exists

If an existing file name is set, an error results. Set a new file name thatdiffers from all existing file names.

(3) Saving data manually

Pressing the SAVE key saves the current measurement data in the file thatwas set.

(4) Automatic output

Data can be saved automatically in "Integrated Measurement" mode and"Demand Measurement" mode.

1. Set FD auto output to "ON" on the setting screen for the measurement mode.

272────────────────────────────────────────────────────


CAUTION ・The display of the measured values is not updated while data is beingautomatically output. Keys also may not function temporarily while data isbeing output.

・If "FD auto output" is set to "ON", the SAVE key has no effect whileintegrated or demand measurement is in progress. After measurement ends(including while integration is in standby), it is possible to change theprint/save items and save the data to a file named "AUTOXXX" by pressingthe SAVE key. However, if the print/save items are changed, additionalintegration is no longer possible.

NOTE

CAUTION If there is no floppy disk in the 9595 FDD UNIT, an error results and the saveoperation is not executed. In addition, note that if the disk becomes full, anerror is displayed and the save operation is not performed.

2. In the case of "Integrated Measurement" mode, set the output interval as well.

3. Begin measurement.

4. At the end of each interval or demand period, the measurement data isautomatically saved to the same floppy disk.

・In the case of "Demand Measurement" mode, there is no output intervalsetting.・For details on how to save the setting conditions, refer to the section entitled

"Saving the Settings to Floppy Disk" for each measurement mode and Settingmode.・In the display hold status, data held is saved.

273────────────────────────────────────────────────────

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

FD Operation Screen

NOTE

14.6 FD (Floppy Disk) Mode

If "FD (Floppy Disk)" mode is selected on the "Initial" screen, the followingfunctions become available. Select the necessary items with the cursor.

Be sure that the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is connected when using "FD"mode.

274────────────────────────────────────────────────────


14.6.1 Loading Setting Data That Was Previously Saved on

Floppy Disk

Status Data Load

The measurement conditions can be changed by loading in setting data thatwas previously saved from the setting screen for each measurement mode andin Setting mode.

(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.

(2) Position the cursor at "STATUS DATA Load" and press the EXEC. functionkey.

(3) The "STATUS DATA Load" screen appears, and the setting data files aredisplayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on more thanone page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch between thepages.

(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded.

(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.

(6) The setting conditions are changed according to the contents of the file (thesetting data).

(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the "Initial" screen.

275────────────────────────────────────────────────────


14.6.2 Loading Measurement Data That Was Previously Saved

on Floppy Disk

NOTE

Measure Data Load

This operation can be used to check the contents of a file into whichmeasurement data was previously saved in measurement mode, or to printthat data on a printer connected to the power meter.

Be sure that the printer is already connected to the power meter beforeoutputting the measurement data to the printer.

(1) Insert the floppy disk containing the data into the 9595 FDD UNIT.

(2) Position the cursor at "MEASURE DATA load" and press the EXEC. functionkey.

(3) The "MEASURE DATA load" screen appears, and the measurement data filesare displayed. If there are more than 10 files, they are displayed on morethan one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switch betweenthe pages.

(4) Position the cursor on the name of the file to be loaded. The file extensionsare also displayed, allowing you to select just the measurement data that youneed.

(5) Once the LOAD function key is pressed, the selected file is loaded.

(6) The "File View" screen appears, and the measurement data contained in theselected file is displayed. If the file contains a lot of data, it is displayed onmore than one page. Use the NEXT and PREVIOUS function keys to switchbetween the pages and view the data.

276────────────────────────────────────────────────────


File View Screen

(7) Pressing the SET key at this point causes the setting conditions for thatmeasurement data to be displayed.

(8) The measurement data that was just loaded can be output to the printed bypressing the OUTPUT function key. The data is output in the same printingformat as during measurement.

(9) In order to output additional data, return to step 4 and repeat.


277────────────────────────────────────────────────────


14.6.3 Formatting a Floppy Disk

CAUTION The formatting process erases all data previously saved to that floppy disk.Make sure that the floppy disk does not contain any essential data beforeformatting it.

Format Window

This function is used in order to format (initialize) floppy disks. Only 3.5-inch2HD floppy disks can be used.

(1) Insert the floppy disk that is to be formatted into the 9595 FDD UNIT. (Besure that write-protection is disabled.)

(2) Position the cursor at "Format," and then press the EXEC. function key.

(3) When the "FORMAT" window appears, press the 1.44M function key in order toformat the floppy disk as a 1.44MB disk, or press the 1.2M function key inorder to format the floppy disk as a 1.2MB disk.

(4) The formatting operation is executed. While this operating is in progress, themessage "Formatting" is displayed.

(5) Once formatting is completed, the display returns to the "Format" window. Toformat another floppy disk, return to step 1 and repeat.


278────────────────────────────────────────────────────


14.6.4 Renaming Files

CAUTION All related files (those with the same file name) are renamed by this function.Note also that it is not possible to change a file’s extension.

Rename File Screen

This function is used to change the name of a file that has been saved on afloppy disk. This function is especially useful for renaming with a moredescriptive name any file that was automatically named "AUTOXXX" or"SETXXX" because no file name was specified when the file was created.

(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be renamed into the 9595 FDDUNIT. (Be sure that write-protection is disabled.)

(2) Position the cursor at "Rename," and then press the EXEC. function key.

(3) The "Rename" window appears.

(4) Position the cursor on the file to be renamed, and then press the RENAME

function key.

(5) When the "File Name Input" window appears, input the new file name. Theinput method is the same as when inputting a file name on the setting screenfor any of the measurement modes.

(6) When the ENTER function key is pressed, finalizing the new file name, the newfile name appears in the file list. To stop renaming files, press the RET. key.To continue renaming files, return to step 2 and repeat.

(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.

279────────────────────────────────────────────────────


14.6.5 Deleting Files

CAUTION ・Be aware that once a file is deleted, it cannot be recovered.・All related files (those with the same file name) are deleted by this function.

Delete File Screen

This function is used to delete unnecessary files from a floppy disk.

(1) Insert the floppy disk that contains the file to be deleted into the 9595 FDDUNIT. Be sure that write-protection is disabled.

(2) Position the cursor at "Delete" and then press the EXEC. function key.

(3) The "Delete" window appears.

(4) Position the cursor on the file to be deleted, and then press the DELETE

function key.

(5) The selected file is deleted, and the file list is updated.

(6) To continue deleting files, return to step 2 and repeat.

(7) Press the RET. function key to return to the Initial screen.

280────────────────────────────────────────────────────


14.6.6 Upgrade

This function is used to upgrade the 3166’s software functions. For details onthis procedure, refer to the instructions provided with the upgrade disk.

281────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15.1 Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

CAUTION The 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE is optional software. The 9595FDD UNIT is required in order to load this software.

Chapter 15Harmonic Analysis

Software

15.1 Overview

Loading the 9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE into the 3166 CLAMPON HiTESTER makes it possible to analyze harmonic in addition to thenormal voltage, current, and power measurements.Analyzing the harmonic components on the line being measured makes itpossible to monitor the condition of various problems and fluctuations.For details, refer to the manual provided with the 9556 HARMONICANALYSIS SOFTWARE.

282────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15.1 Overview────────────────────────────────────────────────────

283────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15

16

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Chapter 16Operation in the Event of a

Loss of Power

Circumstances may sometimes result in the supply of power to the 3166 beinginterrupted for some reason while taking measurements. Although themeasurement operation halts for the duration of the power loss, the 3166 doeshave a backup function that saves the setting conditions and measurementdata gathered up to that point.This chapter explains how to operation in the event of a loss of power eachmeasurement mode.

284────────────────────────────────────────────────────

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power────────────────────────────────────────────────────

16.1 Operation in the Event of a Loss of Power

(1) Screen displayThe screen display goes blank.

(2) Clock and calendarThe clock and calendar continue to operate normally.

(3) Setting conditionsAll settings are saved.

(4) Measurement dataIf the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data thatwas being held is retained.

1. Normal Measurement modeThe minimum and maximum values are retained.

2. Integrated Measurement modeThe minimum and maximum values and the integrated values are retained.

3. Demand Measurement modeThe minimum/maximum values and the demand values from the previousdemand period, and the integrated values are retained.

(5) Printer operationAfter power is restored, the printer prints a message indicating that there wasa loss of power.

1. During manual printingPrinting stops immediately. The printing operation status is not retained, soit is necessary to restart the manual printing operation after power isrestored.

2. During automatic outputIf printing is in progress, printing stops immediately.

Reference If the printer is running off of batteries, all data that is sent from the 3166 isprinted.

(6) FDD unit operation

1. While loadingIf a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that wasbeing handled becomes invalid. Restart the loading operation after power isrestored.

2. During a manual save/automatic output to FDIf a floppy disk operation is in progress when power is lost, the data that wasbeing handled becomes invalid. In the worst case, the file itself may bedameged. After power is restored, if automatic output was being used whenpower was lost, a character string indicating that power was lost is written tothe FD.

285────────────────────────────────────────────────────

16.2 Normal Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15

16

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

CAUTION Because circuit operations are not settled immediately after power is restored,the correct minimum and maximum instantaneous values are not displayed.Press the Data Reset to clear the minimum and maximum values.

16.2 Normal Measurement Mode

(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained

1. Measurement dataThe minimum and maximum values just before power was lost are retained.If the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data thatwas being held is retained.

2. Setting conditionsThe setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.

(2) Operation after power is restoredOnce power is restored, the Normal Measurement mode screen is displayedand instantaneous value measurement resumes. If display data was beingheld when power was lost, that data is displayed and measurement resumes.The FDD unit does not perform any operation.

286────────────────────────────────────────────────────

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand Measurement Mode────────────────────────────────────────────────────

CAUTION A loss of power while the power meter is in standby mode has no effects.

CAUTION Although the start of processing in this case is later than the start time that wasset, the processing assumes that the measured values during the interval were"0". The power meter stops measuring at the scheduled stop time.

16.3 Integrated Measurement Mode and Demand

Measurement Mode

(1) Data and setting conditions that are retained

1. Measurement dataIf the display data was being held when power was lost, all of the data thatwas being held is retained.Integrated measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and theintegrated values just before power was lost are retained.Demand measurement mode: The minimum/maximum values and the demandvalues from the previous demand period, and the integrated values areretained.

2. Setting conditionsThe setting conditions when the power was lost are retained.

(2) Operation after power is restored

1. If power was lost while in standby mode

a. Operation when power is restored prior to the time set for the start ofprocessing

The power meter goes back into standby mode and then begins integrated ordemand measurement when the set time arrives.

b. Operation when power is restored after the time set for the start ofprocessing

The power meter begins integrated or demand measurement as soon as thepower is restored.

2. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurement wasin progress

The power meter does not keep track of the elapsed time for integratedmeasurement while the power is off. (Integrated measurement is paused, notstopped.)After power is restored, a message indicating that a power failure hadoccurred is displayed on the screen and integrated measurement resumes.(Pressing any key causes the message to disappear.)

287────────────────────────────────────────────────────


15

16

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Printing in progress

Indicates that power was lostduring this interval

Power Loss While Printing is In Progress

In this case, the measurement data for the duration of the power loss isprocessed as if it were "0", and integrated measurement continues for theremaining time that was allotted.

3. Printer operation

a. If power was lost while the printer was printing

The printing operation stops immediately. (Unless the printer is running offof batteries.) After power is restored, the printer prints an indication thatpower had been lost.

b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurementwas in progress

After power is restored, When the "RS-232C Device" is set to "Printer" and aprinter is connected, the printer prints a message indicating that a powerloss occurred.

288────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Indicates that power was lost duringthis interval

Printing Example After Power is Restored

4. Floppy disk operation

a. If power was lost while data was being saved to a floppy disk

The data that was being saved is not guaranteed. In the worst case, the fileitself may be damagedIf automatic output was being used when power was lost, a character stringindicating that power was lost is written to the floppy disk.

b. If power was lost while integrated measurement or demand measurementwas in progress

After power is restored, the floppy disk drive does nothing when power isrestored.

Reference The 3166 battery backup・As a countermeasure against sudden loss of power, the 3166 CLAMP ON Hi

TESTER has a built-in battery that backs up memory containing the settingconditions, minimum/maximum value data, and integrated data (includingdemand measurements).If the display data is being held, the battery backs up all of that data aswell.・When the power is turned on, the setting conditions that were in effect the

last time that the power was turned off remain in effect.・Because the battery backup maintains the integrated value data, it is

necessary to press the Data Reset key and clear the existing data in"Integrated Measurement" mode if the results of the upcoming integratedmeasurements are not to be added to the existing integrated value data.

289────────────────────────────────────────────────────

17.1 Cautions────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15

16

17

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

WARNING Adjustments and repairs should be made only by technically qualifiedpersonnel.

CAUTION ・If the protective functions of the product are damaged, either remove it fromservice or mark it clearly so that others do not use it inadvertently.

・Measurements are degraded by dirt on the mating surfaces of the clamp-onsensor, so keep the surfaces clean by gently wiping with a soft cloth.

Chapter 17Maintenance and Service

17.1 Cautions

To clean the product, wipe it gently with a soft cloth moistened with water ormild detergent. Never use solvents such as benzene, alcohol, acetone, ether,ketones, thinners or gasoline, as they can deform and discolor the case.

FusesThe 3166 uses a switched power supply and is equipped with an internal fuse(T2 A/250 V). This fuse cannot be replaced externally.

290────────────────────────────────────────────────────

17.2 Troubleshooting────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Symptom Items to check

Even though the power switch has

been turned on, the display remains

blank.

・Is the power cord connected securely?・Is the screen contrast proper? If not clear, see

8.2.9 "Contrast."

The keys do not work. ・Is one of the keys in the pressed state?・Is the key lock function engaged?

Measured values are unstable. ・Is the frequency of the line being measured50/60/400 Hz?

・Does the frequency of the line being measuredfluctuate, are there momentary power outages,etc.?

・In fixed clock mode, does the line frequencysetting match the actual frequency of the linebeing measured?

The measurement data is yielding

unexpected results.

・Are the voltage cord or clamp on sensors hookedup incorrectly?

・Does the setting for the type of line beingmeasured match the actual type of the line beingmeasured?

The floppy disk drive is not operating

correctly.

・Is the FDD unit connected securely to the powermeter?

・Has the floppy disk been formatted?・Is the floppy disk in the write-protect state?

The printer is not operating correctly. ・Is the RS-232C interface set properly for usewith the printer?

・Is there paper loaded in the printer?

17.2 Troubleshooting

If the power meter is not operating correctly, check the following items.

If any other problem occurs for an unknown reason, try a system reset, whichrestores all of the settings to their factory settings.For details, refer to section 8.2.13, "System Reset."

ServiceIf damage is suspected, check the "Troubleshooting" section before contactingyour dealer or Hioki representative.

291────────────────────────────────────────────────────

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15

16

17

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

WARNING To avoid a shock hazard, disconnect the test leads before replacingthe batteries.

To avoid the possibility of explosion, do not short circuit, disassembleor incinerate batteries.

Keep batteries away from children to prevent accidental swallowing.

Protector

Back cover

Front panel

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing

Materials

This power meter uses a lithium battery for memory backup. Remove thelithium battery before disposing of the power meter, and follow the prescribedmethod when disposing of the power meter.

(1) Tools required for disassembly

The following tools are required in order to disassemble this unit:・One philips screwdriver・One pair of wire cutters

(2) Disassembly

1. As shown in the diagram, remove the four screws that hold the back cover ofthe power meter in place.

2. Remove the front panel and the protector.

3. Turn over the first board (on which the LCD is mounted), revealing thelithium battery. Cut the two leads with the wire cutter, and remove thelithium battery.

292────────────────────────────────────────────────────

17.3 Disposing of the Power Meter and the Packing Materials────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Lithium battery Cut the two leads withthe wire cutter

Removing the Lithium Battery

The packing materials are all made of corrugated cardboard, and can thereforebe recycled.

293────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.1 Product Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────

15

16

17

18

5

6

7

18

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

18.1.1 General Specifications

Location for use Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)

Storage temperature andhumidity range

-10℃ to 50℃ (50 F to 122 F) 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Operating temperature andhumidity range

0℃ to 40℃ (32 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Measurement lines Single-phase, two-wire; single-phase, three-wire; three-phase,three-wire; three-phase, four-wire

Input system Voltage: Insulated inputCurrent: Insulated input through clamp on sensor

Applicable current sensor 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR

Maximum common mode voltage Digital sampling system, PLL synchronization or 50/60/400 Hzfixed clock

Input resistance (50/60 Hz) Voltage: 1.3 MΩ±10%Current: 0.8 mΩ±10%

Maximum allowable input Voltage: 600 VrmsAC, 850 V peak valueCurrent: 1 ArmsAC, 1.42 A peak value

Maximum same-phase voltage Voltage input terminal: 600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz

Chapter 18Specifications

18.1 Product Specifications

This chapter explains the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER’s productspecifications, measurement ranges, and calculation formulas, and the 9291/9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR’s product specifications.For the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR, refer to instruction manual of the9291/ 9298.

These specifications apply to the 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTER.

294────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Withstand voltage (50/60Hz, 1minute)

5.55 kVAC: Between voltage input terminal and case3.25 kV: Between voltage input terminal and current input terminal, output terminal, external interface terminal2.3 kVAC: Between power supply and case1.35 kVAC: Between power supply and current input terminal, output terminal, external interface terminal

Insulation resistance More than 100 MΩ at 500 VDCBetween voltage input terminal and current input terminal,output terminal, external interface terminal, caseMore than 50 MΩ at 500 VDCBetween power supply and current input terminal, outputterminal, external interface terminal, case

Display 4.7-inch LCD (320×240 dots) adjustable contrast, backlight

Battery backup life More than 10 years (25℃ (77 F) reference value)

Rated supply voltage 100 VAC to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Rated power 33 VA max

External dimensions 246 (W) × 86 (H) ×176 (D)mm(9.69" (W) × 3.39" (H) × 6.93" (D)) (not including projections)

Mass 1.6 kg (56.44 oz) (including 9594 D/A OUTPUT)

Applicable standards Safety: EN61010-1:1993+A2:1995 Voltage inputs: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category III (expected transient overvoltage: 6000 V) Power supply: Pollution level 2, overvoltage category II (expected transient overvoltage: 2500 V)EMC: EN61326-1:1997+A1:1998 EN61000-3-2:1995+A1:1998+A2:1998 EN61000-3-3:1995

Accessories 9438 VOLTAGE CORD × 1 (one each black, red, yellow, andblue)Voltage cord locks × 4Stand × 1Power cord × 1Instruction Manual × 1Guide × 1

Options 9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 500 A)9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR (AC 100 A)9290 CLAMP ON PROBE9594 D/A OUTPUT (including 9441 CONNECTION CABLE)9595 FDD UNIT9556 HARMONIC ANALYSIS SOFTWARE9619-01 HARMONICS DATA ANALYSIS UTILITY (for the 9556)9383 CARING CASE9440 CONNECTION CABLE (for remote control)9441 CONNECTION CABLE (for D/A output)9442 PRINTER9443-01 AC ADAPTER (for Japan)9443-02 AC ADAPTER (for Europe, except for Switzerland)9443-03 AC ADAPTER (for the U.S.A.)9444 CONNECTION CABLE (for printer)1196 PRINT PAPER

295────────────────────────────────────────────────────


15

16

17

18

5

6

7

18

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

18.1.2 Basic Specifications

■ Conditions for guaranteed accuracy

Conditions for guaranteedaccuracy

Warmup time of at least 30 minutes, sine wave input, powerfactor = 1, PLL synchronization* If using a fixed clock, accuracy is not guaranteed when the

input frequency and the fixed clock frequency do not agree.

Temperature and humidity range 23℃±3℃ (73 F±5 F), 80% RH or less(The specifications indicated here are defined for thesetemperature and humidity ranges except where notedotherwise.)

Basic frequency ranges 45 Hz to 66 Hz, and 360 Hz to 440 Hz

■ Measurement items

Measurement items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,power integration, power factor, and frequencymeasured values are processed using the calculation formulasshown in Tables 2 and 3.

■ Display

Display range 0.4% to 130% of range (values of 0.4% or less are suppressed tozero.)

Effective measurement range 10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,2.5% or more for the 20 A range, however)

Display update rate Approximately once per second (except during FD or RS-232Coperations)

■ Individual measurement items

■ Voltage and current measurement

Measurement ranges 150.00 V/300.00 V/600.00 V/auto range

Current 20.000 A/50.000 A/100.00 A/200.00 A/500.00 A/auto rangeAccuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298sensor, and in all ranges for the 9291 sensor.

Measurement method True effective value

Measurement accuracy Voltage: ±0.1% rdg.±0.2%f.s.Current: ±0.1% rdg.±0.2%f.s.+ clamp on sensor specifications

Crest factor Voltage: 2 or less (with full scale input; 1.41 or less for the 600 V range, however)Current: 3 or less (with full scale input; 2.84 or less for the 500 A range, however)

296────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Active power measurement

Measurement range Determined by the voltage × current range combination (Referto Table 1.)

Measurement accuracy ±0.1% rdg. ±0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (powerfactor = 1)

Effect of power factor ±0.1% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, power factor = 0.5)

Polarity display: Forconsumption

When the consumption: unsigned; when the for regeneration: "-"

■ Reactive power measurement


When not using the reactivepower meter method

Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage, current,and active power measurements. (Refer to Table 2.)When using the reactive power meter method: Reactive power ismeasured directly by the reactive power meter method.

Measurement accuracy When not using the reactive power meter method: ±1 dgt. foreach calculation from measured values

When using the reactive powermeter method

±0.1% rdg. ±0.2%f.s. + clamp on sensor specifications (reactivepower factor = 1)

Effect of reactive power factor ±1.0% rdg. (45 Hz to 66 Hz, reactive power factor = 0.5, usingthe reactive power meter method)

Polarity display When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the currentleads the voltage: "-"

■ Apparent power measurement


Measurement accuracy ±1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values

Polarity display No polarity

■ Power integration measurement

Measurement range Active power integration: ±0.000 Wh to ±999999 MWhReactive power integration: ±0.000 varh to ±999999 MvarhApparent power integration: 0.000 VAh to 999999 MVAh

Integrated accuracy Accuracy of each active power, reactive power and apparentpower measurement ±1 dgt.

Timer setting range 10 seconds to 1000 hours (settable in 10-second intervals)

Timer accuracy ±25 ppm ±1 s (25℃) (77 F)

297────────────────────────────────────────────────────


15

16

17

18

5

6

7

18

9

10

11

12

13

14

A

Measurement display Active power integration: Displays power consumption,regenerative power, and addition (simple addition)Reactive power integration: Displays delay and lead for eachphase, total value (sum of absolute values)* The display items and the integration calculation formulas

depend on the reactive power measurement method setting.(Refer to Table 3.)

■ Power factor measurement

Measurement range -1.000 (lead) to 0.000 to +1.000 (lag)

Accuracy ±1 dgt. for each calculation from measured values

Polarity display When the current lags the voltage: unsigned; when the currentleads the voltage: "-"

■ Frequency measurement

Measurement range 40.00 to 500.0 Hz

Measurable input range 10% to 110% of range (only up to 100% for the 600 V range,however)

Measurement source Voltage U1, or current I1 (same as the PLL synchronizationsource)

Accuracy ±0.5% rdg. ±1 dgt.

■ Other Characteristics

Frequency characteristics For a base frequency from 45 Hz to 66 Hz, up to the 50 th orderof the base wave: ±3%f.s. + measurement accuracyFor a base frequency from 360 Hz to 440 Hz, up to the 7 thorder of the base wave: ±3%f.s. + measurement accuracy

Temperature coefficient Not more than ±0.1%f.s./℃

Effect of same phase voltage Not more than ±0.2%f.s. (600 VrmsAC, 50/60 Hz, voltage inputterminal shorted with case)

Effect of external magnetic field: Not more than ±1.5%f.s. (in a 400 Arms/m AC, 50/60 Hzmagnetic field)

Real-time clock accuracy ±25 ppm ±1 s (25℃) (77 F)

Effect of radiated radio-frequency electromagnetic field

At 3 V/m Voltage: within 3.00 V Current: within 0.05 A

298────────────────────────────────────────────────────


18.1.3 Function Specifications

■ Normal Measurement mode

Instantaneous value display Displays voltage, current, average voltage, average current,active power, reactive power, apparent voltage, power factor,and frequency.* Active power display includes consumption/regeneration and

reactive power; power factor display includes lag/lead phasepolarity display

* Average value displays are available only when measuringthree currents on a three-phase, three-wire line or whenmeasuring a three-phase, four-wire line.

Minimum/maximum valuedisplay

Displays minimum/maximum values for voltage, current, activepower, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, andcurrent.* Reactive power and power factor displays include

minimum/maximum values for each lagging/leading phase.

Time of generation display Displays time of generation for each minimum and maximumvalue.

Contents of related settings Contents of setting mode, etc.

Print/save items Items to be printed on the printer/saved to floppy disk arespecified in 9 blocks (9 blocks arising from all possiblecombinations of voltage, current and power with instantaneousvalues, maximum values, and minimum values)

File names Up to eight alphanumeric characters (normal width) or fourkanji (double width)

D/A output items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,power factor and frequency

■ Integrated Measurement mode

Instantaneous value display Same as instantaneous value display contents for NormalMeasurement mode.


Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode.


Integrated displays 1 and 2 (Refer to Table 3.)

When not using reactive powermethod measurement

Integrated display 1: Active power integration, reactive powerintegration, apparent power integration, and average valuewithin a time period when power is being consumedIntegrated display 2: Active power integrationconsumption/regeneration/addition, apparent power integrationconsumption/regeneration/addition, and reactive powerintegration while power is being consumed

When using reactive powermethod measurement

Integrated display 1: Active power integration, lagged reactivepower integration, apparent power integration, and averagevalue within a time period when power is being consumedIntegrated display 2: Active power integrationconsumption/regeneration/addition, reactive power integrationlag/lead/total, and apparent power integration while power isbeing consumed

299────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Integration start method Time specification/manual* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour

system)

Integration stop method Time specification/timer/manual* Timer specification: 10 seconds to 1000 hours (in 10-second

steps)* Format for time specification: YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour

system)

Output interval time 2 minutes to 1000 hours (one-minute intervals)

Print/save items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, plus integratedvalues and average values within a time period.

FD auto output On/off


RS-232C auto output On/off

D/A output items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active powerintegration (consumption, regeneration, addition)

Integrated output rates 5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500k Wh,and 5 V/1 MWh

■ Demand Measurement mode

Instantaneous value display Same as instantaneous value display contents for NormalMeasurement mode.

Integrated displays 1 and 2 Same as integrated displays 1 and 2 for integratedmeasurement, and also average values within a time period.


Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during integration time).

Demand display Displays results from the previous (most recent) demandmeasurement period (power integration during the demandperiod, average values within a time period, and maximumdemand value).Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value, up to the previous demand period


Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during demand time).

Daily report display Demand measurement results for a one-day period (24 hours)following the demand measurement starting date and timeMaximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value a one-day period (24 hours)following the demand measurement starting date and time

Minimum/maximum value display Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during daily report period).

300────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Weekly report display Demand measurement results for a one-week period (7 days)following the demand measurement starting date and timeMaximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value for a one-week period (7 days)following the demand measurement starting date and time


Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during weekly report period).

Monthly report display Demand measurement results for a one-month period (until thesame date and time of the following month) following thedemand measurement starting date and time (Auto calendarfunction)Maximum demand value generation time: Generation time ofthe maximum demand value for a one-month period followingthe demand measurement starting date and time


Same as minimum/maximum display contents for NormalMeasurement mode (during monthly report period).


Start time YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)

Stop time YY.MM.DD, HH.MM (24-hour system)

Demand period 5 minutes/10 minutes/15 minutes/30 minutes/60 minutes/2hours/3 hours/4 hours/6 hours/8 hours/12 hours

Transformer capacity 0.001 to 1000.000 kVA (in 0.001 kVA steps)

Print/save items Integrated Measurement mode items, integrated , demandvalues, daily report values, weekly report values, and monthlyreport values

FD auto output On/off* The FD auto output time interval is the same as the demand

period.


RS-232C auto output On/off

D/A output items Same items as in Normal Measurement mode, and active powerintegration (consumption, regeneration, addition)

Integrated output rates 5 V/5 kWh,5 V/10 kWh,5 V/50 kWh,5 V/100 kWh,5 V/500 kWh,and 5 V/1 MWh

■ Harmonic mode

Displays results of harmonic analysis.For details on display of measurements, settings, etc., refer to the specifications for the 9556 HarmonicAnalysis Software.

301────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Setting Mode

Using the reactive power metermethod

Yes/no (Refer to Table 2.)No: Reactive power is calculated on the basis of the voltage, current, and active power measurements.* Processing of the measured values is performed by calculation

formulas.Yes: Reactive power is measured directly by the reactive power meter method.

Sampling method PLL synchronization/fixed clock

PLL synchronization/frequencysource

Voltage U1/current I1

Frequency on line beingmeasured

50/60/400 Hz

Display averaging times OFF/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10 times (moving average processing)

PT ratio Setting range: 1 to 10000

CT ratio Setting range: 0.01 to 10000.00

Backlight On/off/auto off

Contrast Gradations can be set (1 to 16).

Key beep Key beep when a key is pressed can be turned on/off

RS-232C devices Printers, personal computers, modems

Real-time clock and calendar Year, month, day, hours, minutes

System reset System reset restores all settings to factory settings

■ Floppy disk mode

Loading Loads saved settings

Data output Saved settings can be printed out

Floppy disk initialization Supported disk capacities: 1.2MB/1.44MB (MS-DOS* format)*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

File name changes File names can be changed.

File deletion Files can be deleted.

302────────────────────────────────────────────────────


18.1.4 External Interfaces

■ RS-232C interfaceThe interface settings can be customized for the device that is connected (printer/personalcomputer/modem).

Transfer method Start-stop synchronization, full duplex

Settings for printers Baud rate (bps): 2400, 9600Data length (bits): 7, 8Parity checking: Even, odd, offStop bit length: 1, 2Flow control: None, XON/XOFF, RTS/CTS, bothTerminator transmission: CR/LF/CR+LF

Settings for personal computers Settings for printers, etcTerminator reception: CR/LF/CR+LF

Settings for modems Settings for printers, etcTelephone number: Input the telephone number being called.Telephone information: Can be used to input comments.Modem initialization command: 50 charactersID code: 10 characters (used in order to identify device)

■ Remote control jack

Measurement start/stop control Integrated measurement start/stop control, and demandmeasurement start control

Data reset control Data reset for integrated values and for minimum/maximumvalues

Printing control Manual printing control

Floppy disk data save control Manual data save control

Control signal levels 0/5 V logic signals, and closed/open contact signals

■ D/A output jackWhen the optional 9594 D/A OUTPUT is installed, up to four items set as D/A output setting items can beoutput.

Output items Voltage, current, active power, reactive power, apparent power,power factor, frequency, and active power integration(consumption, regeneration, and addition)The items that can be set also depend on the measurementmode, however.

Data reset control DC ±5 V/f.s

Output update rate Normal Measurement mode: Every 2 cycles at 50/60 Hz, every16 cycles at 400 Hz

Output accuracy Measurement accuracy ±0.2%f.s.

■ Floppy disk drive

When the optional 9595 FDD UNIT is externally connected to the power meter, it can be used to storemeasurements and settings, and to load settings.

303────────────────────────────────────────────────────


■ Warning functions

Bad wiring check Pressing the CHECK key calls up the "Wiring Check" screen,and permits checking the wiring, phase sequence, and forreversed clamp on sensor connections.

Over-range indicator "o.r." is displayed when the input exceeds 130% of the range.However, minimum/maximum values are displayed until theygo out of the dynamic range.

Excessive input warning(Out of dynamic range)

The Uov, lov marks are displayed when the peak value of thevoltage or current input waveform exceeds the range by a factorof two (a factor of three, in the case of current).

PLL unlock If the PLL lock is lost due to the effects of a distorted waveform,etc. PLL is displayed and measurement is executed with a fixedclock.

■ Other functions

Display language switch Display language can be switched between Japanese andEnglish.

Display hold function Displayed values can be held by pressing the HOLD key.

Battery backup function Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demandmeasurement data.

Processing if power is lost Backs up settings and integrated measurement/demandmeasurement data if power is lost.

Key lock function Disables all keys, except for the power switch and the CHECKkey.

304────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Voltage

　　　　　 Current

Wiring mode

9291 CLAMP ON SENSOR

9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR

20.000 A 50.000 A 100.00 A 200.00 A 500.00 A

150.00 V

1-phase,2-wire1-phase,3-wire3-phase,3-wire,2-power3-phase,3-wire,3-power3-phase,4-wire

3.0000 kW6.00006.00006.00009.0000

7.5000 kW15.00015.00015.50022.500

15.000 kW30.00030.00030.00045.000

30.000 kW60.00060.00060.00090.000

75.000 kW150.00150.00150.00225.00

300.00 V


6.0000 kW12.00012.00012.00018.000

15.000 kW30.00030.00030.00045.000

30.000 kW60.00060.00060.00090.000

60.000 kW120.00120.00120.00180.00

150.00 kW300.00300.00300.00450.00

600.00 V


12.000 kW24.00024.00024.00036.000

30.000 kW60.00060.00060.00090.000

60.000 kW120.00120.00120.00180.00

120.00 kW240.00240.00240.00360.00

300.00 kW600.00600.00600.00900.00

000.000 Wh to 999.000 Wh

001.000 kWh to 999.999 kWh

001.000 MWh to 999.999 MWh

to 999999 MWh

NOTE

18.2 Measurement Range Organization Table

The following table shows the organization of the ranges for current, voltage,and power (active, reactive, and apparent).

* The Range Organization Table shows the full scale display value for eachmeasurement range.

* For the apparent power and reactive power measurement ranges, substitute"VA" or "var" for "W" as the unit in the table.

* The display value for input at 0.4% or less of the measurement range issuppressed to zero.

* The displayed measurement values for each range can go as high as 130% ofthe range.

The display ranges for the power integration are as follows:* Accuracy is guaranteed in the 20A-100A range for the 9298 sensor, and in all

ranges for the 9291 sensor.

For the apparent power and reactive power integration, substitute "VAh" or"varh" for "Wh" as the unit in each table.

305────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Table 2. Basic Calculation Formulas

Wiringsetting

Item1-phase, 2-wire

1-phase,3-wire

3-phase, 3-wire

3-phase, 4-wire2 voltage,2 current

2 voltage,3 current

VoltageU[rms]

U1 U1

U2

U1

U2

U1

U2

U1

U2

U3

CurrentI[Arms]

I1 I1

I2

I1

I2

I1

I2

I3

I1

I2

I3

ActivepowerP[W]

P1

P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2+P3

Q1

When not using thereactive power metermethod

Q1+Q2Reactivepower

Q[var] When using the reactivepower meter method Q1+Q2 Q1+Q2+Q3

S1

When not using thereactive power metermethod S1+S2 S1+S2+S3

Apparentpower

S[VA] When using the reactivepower meter method

（When P>S, P=S）

Powerfactor[λ]

18.3 Measurement Items and Calculations

Table 2 shows the calculation formulas used for voltage, current, power(active, reactive, apparent), and power factor.Table 3 shows the calculation formulas used for the power integration.

306────────────────────────────────────────────────────


* U: Voltage between lines (phase voltage for 3-phase, 4-wire wiring); I: Linecurrent; Uave:Iave: Average voltage/average current; si: Lead/lag polarity, "+1"is lag, "-" is lead.

* u: measurement channel; M: number of samples; s: sample point number; m:number of samples per cycle (128 for 50/60 Hz, 16 for 400 Hz)

* Two different methods of calculating the reactive power can be selected. Thereare also two different methods for calculating the apparent power, dependingon how the reactive power is calculated.

* "si" is detected by the reactive power meter method.

307────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Table 3. Integration Calculation Formulas

Reactive power measurement

Display screen

When not using the reactivepower meter method

When using the reactivepower meter method

Integration 1/2 screen(basic)

Active power integration duringconsumption

＋WP:Σ(＋P)/h

Active power integration duringconsumption

＋WP:Σ(＋P)/h

Apparent power integration duringconsumption

WS:Σ(＋S)/h

Lagging reactive power integration＋WQ:Σ(＋Q)/h

Reactive power integration duringconsumption

Apparent power integration duringconsumption

Integration 2/2screen (detailed)

Active power integration Consumption

:Σ(＋P)/h

Active power integration Consumption

:Σ(＋P)/h

Active power integration Regeneration

:Σ(－P)/h

Active power integration Regeneration

:Σ(－P)/h

Active power integration Addition:Σ(＋P)/h＋Σ(－P)/h

Active power integrationAddition

:Σ(＋P)/h+Σ(－P)/h

Apparent power integration Consumption

:Σ(＋S)/h

Reactive power integrationLag

:Σ(＋Q)/h

Apparent power integration Regeneration

:Σ(－S)/h

Reactive power integrationLead

:Σ(－Q)/h

Apparent power integration Addition:Σ(＋S)/h+Σ｜－S｜/h

Reactive power integrationTotal

:Σ(＋Q)/h+Σ｜－Q｜/h

Reactive power integration (duringconsumption)

Apparent power integration(during consumption)

Demand screen

LoadfactorLF［%］

Average value within a time period ofthe Active power integration (consumption)(Pave)

Maximum demand value (Pavemax)×100

UsagefactorTLF［%］

Average value within a time period ofthe apparent power integration (consumption)(Save)

Transformer capacity setting×100

308────────────────────────────────────────────────────


* The polarity sign for the active power P indicates the direction in which powerflows during consumption (P) and regeneration (-P).The polarity sign for the reactive power Q is indicated by "+Q" for a laggingpower factor and by "-Q" for a leading power factor.The polarity sign for the apparent power S is indicated by "+S" when powerconsumption occurs, and by "-S" when power regeneration occurs.

* "h" indicates elapsed time.* "Σ (+P)" etc., indicate the integrated power value from the start of integration

until the end of the elapsed period.* "｜-S｜" and "｜-Q｜" indicate absolute values.* The transformer capacity can be set as desired.* Because integration by the reactive power meter method is performed for both

polarities (lag and lead), consumption/regeneration power flows that occurduring integration are integrated with the value that has the same respectivepolarity.

309────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.4 Internal Block Diagram────────────────────────────────────────────────────

50/60 Hzfixed clock

PLLWaveformadjustment

Rangeamplifier

Rangeamplifier

Rangeamplifier

Photo-coupler

Rangeamplifier

A/D

A/D

A/D

Rangeamplifier

Photo-coupler

Rangeamplifier

Timingcontrol

Frequencymeasurement

Dual portRAM

Externalcontrol

FlashROM

BackupSRAM

WorkDRAM

Keybeep

Optional

Block Diagram

Photo-coupler

KEY

RTC

RS-232C

LCD

D/A

FD

CPU

18.4 Internal Block Diagram

An internal block diagram of the 3166 is shown below.

310────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Location for use Indoors, altitude up to 2000 m (6562 feet)

Rated primary current Up to 500 AAC / Up to 100 AAC

Rated secondary current Up to 500 mAAC / Up to 100 mAAC

Accuracy specifications assumptions 23℃±5℃ (73 F±9 F), 45 Hz to 66 Hz, used incombination with the 3166 CLAMP ON POWERHiTESTER

Secondary current oscillation accuracy ±0.5% rdg.±0.2%f.s."f.s." is assumed to be the current range set for the 3166.

Secondary current phase accuracy Within ±0.5 degree / 90 A or below: within ±1 above 90A but not exceeding 100 A: ±1.3

Oscillation frequency characteristics 66 Hz to 3 kHz, within ±1% (deviation from accuracy)

Effect of external magnetic fields Maximum of 0.1 A equivalent (in a 400 A/m AC field)

Effect of position of conductor Within ±0.5%

Maximum allowable input 550 / 130 A continuous at 45 to 66 Hz and 50℃

Withstand voltage 5.55 / 3.7 kVAC for 1 minuteBetween circuitry and case, or core and case

Maximum current voltage in circuitry 600 / 300 VrmsAC (insulated conductor)

Operating temperature and humidity range 0℃ to 50℃, 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Storage temperature and humidity range -10℃ to 60℃, 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Applicable standards Safety: EN61010-2-032:1995, EN61010-2-031:1994,pollution integration 2, overvoltage category III

Conductor diameter that can be measured φ46 mm (1.81") / φ15 mm (0.59")

Cord length 3 m (9.84 feet)

External dimensions 77 (W) × 151 (H) × 42 (D) mm (3.03" (W) × 5.95" (H) ×1.65" (D)) / 46 (W) × 135 (H) × 21 (D) mm (1.81" (W) ×5.32" (H) × 0.83" (D))

Mass Approx. 360 g (12.70 oz) / 230 g (8.1 oz)

Accessories Instruction Manual × 1Mark bands × 6 (2 each of red, yellow, blue)

18.5 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR Specifications

These specifications apply to the 9291/ 9298 CLAMP ON SENSOR.The expressions "9291 Specifications / 9298 Specifications" and the likeindicate that different specifications are used.

311────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.6.1 General Specifications

Storage temperature andhumidity range

-10℃ to 50℃ (50 F to 122 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Operating temperature andhumidity range

5℃ to 40℃ (41 F to 104 F), 80% RH or less (no condensation)

Power supply Power is supplied by the 3166.

External dimensions 240 (W) × 33 (H) × 170 (D) mm(9.45" (W) × 1.30" (H) × 6.69" (D))(excludes cables and projections)

Mass Approx. 740g (26.10 oz)

18.6.2 Specifications

Compatible media 3.5-inch 2HD floppy disks (1.2MB/1.44MB)

Format Format: (MS-DOS* format)*"MS-DOS" is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Data that can be saved

1. Setting conditions2. Measured values

Can save all setting conditions set in the 3166.Can save data on voltage, current, active power, reactive power,apparent power, power factor, frequency, active powerintegration, reactive power integration, apparent powerintegration, maximum values, minimum values, time data, andharmonic analysis data.

18.6.3 Functions

Functions that can be usedwhen connected to the 3166

Saving and loading settingsSaving measured valuesOutputting measured values (to a printer for direct printing)Initializing floppy disksChanging file names and deleting files

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications

These specifications apply to the 9595 FDD UNIT.

312────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.6 9595 FDD UNIT Specifications────────────────────────────────────────────────────

18.6.4 Miscellaneous

18.6.5 Accessories

Accessories Instruction manual × 1Mounting screws × 4

Because the 9595 FDD UNIT is an option designed specifically for the 3166,items not noted here are covered by the specifications for the 3166.

APPENDIX 1────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

APP

IND

Appendix

APPENDIX 2────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 1 Error Messages────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Message Remedy

Floppy disk-related

File names cannot include spaces. Do not use spaces in file names.

Saving data. Data is in the process of being saved to the floppy disk.Wait for a few moments.

Save completed.Data is saved to the floppy disk.(The date and time at which the data was saved is alsodisplayed.)

Disk is write-protected. The floppy disk is write-protected; release the write-protection in order to save data on the disk.

File error. For an unknown reason, the floppy disk save/load operationcould not be performed. Execute the operation again.

9595 FDD unit not connected. The 9595 FDD UNIT is not connected.

Could not open file.For an unknown reason, the specified file could not beopened. Execute the operation again. Confirm that a floppydisk has been properly inserted.

File is not exist. The setting file or measurement file does not exist on thefloppy disk.

File error occurred. Cannot outputdata.

This message is displayed when data could not be outputbecause an error occurred in either the setting data file orthe measurement data file.

File already exist.This message is displayed when the file name was changedto the name of a file that already exists. Set a different filename.

Setting screen-related

Can’t alter settings when measuringor with data in memory.

When changing the settings, first perform a data reset on themeasurement screen.

Can’t alter settings while holding. When changing the settings, first release the hold condition.

Can’t alter settings with keylock on. When changing the settings, first release the key lockcondition.

Can’t alter settings in standby.When changing the settings, first terminate the measurementprocess and then perform a data reset. Note that althoughthe "print/save items" and the "FD auto output" setting canbe changed, additional integration will not be possible.

Measurement screen-related

Measurement data was reset. This message is displayed when the data was cleared bypressing the DATA RESET key.

Can’t return unless the hold isreleased.

Release the hold and then execute the operation beforereturning to the "initial" screen.

Can’t return without performing adata reset.

Perform a data reset before returning to the "initial" screen.

Integration start/stop times areinvalid.

The integration start/stop times are in the past comparedtime. Can’t start integrated measurement.

Can’t start integrated measurement. Integrated measurement cannot start (because integrationhas ended).

Appendix 1 Error Messages

APPENDIX 3────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 1 Error Messages────────────────────────────────────────────────────

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

APP

IND

Message Remedy

OK to stop integration? This inquiry appears when stopping integrated measurement.

Integrated measurement ended.This message appears when integrated measurement endedat the set time.(Displayed when additional integration is not possible.)

Will end according to timer. This message is displayed when integrated measurement isto end after the time set by the timer.

Additional integration permitted.This message is displayed when there are still integratedvalues remaining in integrated measurement. If additionalintegration is not to be performed, execute a data resetbefore starting the next measurement.

Can’t return without stoppingintegration and resetting the data.

This warning is displayed when the RETURN key waspressed while integrated measurement was still in progress.Stop measurement and execute a data reset beforereturning to the "initial" screen.

OK to stop demand measurement? This inquiry appears when stopping demand measurement.

Invalid demand start time. The set start time is in the past compared to the currenttime. Reset the start time as a future time.

Can’t return without stoppingdemand measurement and resettingthe data.

This warning is displayed when the RETURN key waspressed while demand measurement was still in progress.Stop measurement and execute a data reset beforereturning to the initial screen.

Can’t start demand measurement.There is still data from the last measurement stored inmemory. Before starting demand measurement, press theDATA RESET key to clear the data.

A power failure occurred.This warning is displayed when a power failure occurred.(If a printer is connected, the date and time is output.If aprinter is connected, the date and time is output.)

Interface-related

Please set RS-232C connection toprinter.

When outputting data to the printer, set "printer" as thedevice connected to the RS-232C interface.

Use numbers, hyphens and commato input TEL numbers.

Input telephone numbers in a format such as "0268-28-0575". ("0268280575" is also permissible.)

Use letters, numbers and symbolsfor input.

Other message

Executing a system reset restoresall of the factory settings.

Except for the data and time settings when the power meteris shipped from the factory.

NOTE This message disappears when a key is pressed.

APPENDIX 4────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 2 List of Commands────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 2.1 List of Commands

Command Data format( ): number of data items Explanation Page

:AVERaging NR1 numeric data (1) Display average time setting. 170

:AVERaging? Display average time query. 170

:BACKlight [ON/OFF/AUTO] Backlight setting. 171

:BACKlight? Backlight setting query. 171

:BEEPer [ON/OFF] Key beep on or off setting. 172

:BEEPer? Key beep setting query. 172

:CLOCk NR1 numeric data (6) Real time (system) clock setting. 173

:CLOCk? Real time (system) clock query. 173

:CONTrast NR1 numeric data (1) Contrast setting. 174

:CONTrast? Contrast setting query. 174

:CURRent? Current range setting valuequery.

175

:CURRent

:AUTO [ON/OFF] Current auto range setting. 176

:AUTO? Current auto range setting query. 176

:RANGe NR1 numeric data (1) Current range setting. 177

:RANGe? Current range setting query. 177

:DEMand

:AUTO [Any four items] Characterdata

Demand measurement D/A outputitem setting.

178

:AUTO? Demand measurement D/A outputitem query.

178

:AOUT

:RATE Demand measurement integratedoutput rate setting.

179

:RATE? NR1 numeric data (1) Demand measurement integratedoutput rate query.

179

:DATAout

:FD [ON/OFF] Demand measurement FDautomatic output setting.

180

:FD? Demand measurement FDautomatic output query.

180

Appendix 2 List of Commands

APPENDIX 5────────────────────────────────────────────────────


1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

APP

IND


:FILEname Demand measurement FD outputfile name setting.

181

:FILEname? [File name] Character data Demand measurement FD outputfile name query.

181

:ITEM NR1 numeric data (4) Demand print/save item setting. 182

:ITEM? Demand print/save item query. 182

:STARt No present Demand measurement start indemand measurement mode.

183

:STARt

:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Demand measurement start timesetting.

184

:TIME? Demand measurement start timequery.

184

:STATE? No present Demand measurement statusquery.

184

:STOP No present Demand measurement stop indemand measurement mode.

185

:STOP

:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Demand measurement stop timesetting.

186

:TIME? Demand measurement stop timequery.

186

:TIME NR1 numeric data (1) Demand time setting. 187

:TIME? Demand time query. 187

:TRANs NR3 numeric data (1) Transformer capacity setting. 185

:TRANs? Transformer capacity query. 185

:DISPlay? Displayed screen query. 189

:DISPlay

:DEMand NR1 numeric data (1) Demand measurement modedisplay.

190

:INTEgrate NR1 numeric data (1) Integrated measurement modedisplay.

191

:NORMal NR1 numeric data (1) Normal measurement modedisplay.

192

:INItial No present Initial screen display. 193

:DRESet No present Data reset execution. 193

APPENDIX 6────────────────────────────────────────────────────



:FREQuency Measurement line frequencysetting.

194

:FREQuency? Measurement line frequencysetting query.

194

:HEADer [ON/OFF] Header setting. 195

:HEADer? Header setting query. 195

:HOLD [ON/OFF] Display hold setting. 196

:HOLD? Display hold setting query. 196

:INTEgrate

:AOUT [Any four items] Characterdata

Integrated measurement D/Aoutput item setting.

197

:AOUT? Integrated measurement D/Aoutput item query.

197

:AOUT

:RATE NR1 numeric data (1) Integrated measurement D/Aoutput rate setting.

198

:RATE? Integrated measurement D/Aoutput rate query.

198

:DATAout

:FD [ON/OFF] Integrated measurement mode FDautomatic output setting.

199

:FD? Integrated measurement mode FDautomatic output query.

199

:FILEname [File name] Character data Integrated measurement FDoutput file name setting.

200

:FILEname? Integrated measurement FDoutput file name query.

200

:ITEM NR1 numeric data (3) Integrated measurementprint/save item setting.

201

:ITEM? Integrated measurementprint/save item query.

201

:INTerval NR1 numeric data (2) Output interval setting. 202

:INTerval? Output interval query. 202

:STARt No present Integrated measurement start inintegrated measurement mode.

203

:STARt

:METHod [MANUAL/TIME] Integrated measurement startmethod setting.

204

:METHod? Integrated measurement startmethod query.

204

APPENDIX 7────────────────────────────────────────────────────



:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Integrated measurement starttime setting.

205

:TIME? Integrated measurement starttime query.

205

:STATe? Integrated measurement statequery.

206

:STOP Integrated measurement stop inintegrated measurement mode.

206

:STOP

:METHod [MANUAL/TIME/TIMER] Integrated measurement stopmethod setting.

207

:METHod? Integrated measurement stopmethod query.

207

:TIME NR1 numeric data (5) Integrated measurement stoptime setting.

208

:TIME? Integrated measurement stoptime query.

208

:TIMEr NR1 numeric data (3) Integrated timer setting. 209

:TIMEr? Integrated timer query. 209

:KLOCk [ON/OFF] Key lock execution. 210

:KLOCk? Key lock execution query. 210

:MEASure

:DEMand

:INSTant? NR1 numeric data (2) Demand measurementinstantaneous data query.

211

:DEMand? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement demanddata query.

212

:DAYly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement mode dailyreport data query.

216

:WEEKly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement modeweekly report data query.

216

:MONthly? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement modemonthly report data query.

216

:INTEgrate? NR1 numeric data (13) Demand measurement modeintegrated data query.

216

APPENDIX 8────────────────────────────────────────────────────



:INTEgrate? NR1 numeric data (13) Integrated measurement dataquery.

217

:NORMal? NR1 numeric data (10) Normal measurement data query. 220

:NORMal

:AOUT [Any four items] Characterdata

Normal measurement D/A outputitem setting.

222

:AOUT? Normal measurement D/A outputitem query.

222

:DATAout

:FILEname [file name] Character data Normal measurement FD outputfile name setting.

223

:FILEname? Normal measurement FD outputfile name query.

223

:ITEM NR1 numeric data (2) Normal measurement modeprint/save item setting.

224

:ITEM? Normal measurement modeprint/save item query.

224

:OPERationvar [ON/OFF] Reactive power operation methodsetting.

225

:OPERationvar? Reactive power meter methodsetting query.

225

:RESEt No present System reset execution. 226

:SAMPling [PLL/CLOCK] Sampling method setting. 227

:SAMPling? Sampling method setting query. 227

:SCALe

:CT NR3 numeric data (1) CT ratio setting. 228

:CT? CT ratio setting query. 228

:PT NR3 numeric data (1) PT ratio setting. 229

:PT? PT ratio setting query. 229

:SOURce [U1/I1] PLL synchronization, frequencymeasurement source setting.

230

:SOURce? PLL synchronization, frequencymeasurement source query.

230

:TRANsmit

:SEParator NR1 numeric data (1) Separator setting. 231

:SEParator? Separator setting query. 231

:TERMinator NR1 numeric data (1) Delimiter setting. 232

:TERMinator? Delimiter query. 232

APPENDIX 9────────────────────────────────────────────────────



:VOLTage? Voltage range setting value query. 233

:VOLTage

:AUTO [ON/OFF] Voltage auto range setting. 234

:AUTO? Voltage auto range setting query. 234

:RANGe NR1 numeric data (1) Voltage range setting. 235

:RANGe? Voltage range setting query. 235

:WIRing NR1 numeric data (1) Wiring method setting. 236

:WIRing? Wiring method setting query. 236

APPENDIX 10────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Appendix 2.2 Hierarchical Organization of Commands

：AVERaging

：AVERaging?

：BACKlight

：BACKlight?

：BEEPer

：BEEPer?

：CLOCk

：CONTrast

：CONTrast?

：CURRent?

：CURRent

：DEMand

：AUTO

：AUTO?

：RANGe

：RANGe?

：AOUT

：AOUT?

：AOUT

：DATAout

：STARt　

：STARt

：STATe?

：RATE

：RATE?

：FD

：FD?

：FILEname

：FILEname?

：ITEM

：ITEM?

：TIME

：TIME?

APPENDIX 11────────────────────────────────────────────────────


：DISPlay?

：DISPlay

：DRESet

：FREQuency

：FREQuency?

：HEADer

：HEADer?

：HOLD

：HOLD?

：INTEGrate

：STOP

：STOP

：TIME

：TIME?

：TRANs

：TRANs?

：DEMand

：INTEgrate

：NORMal

：lINItial

：AOUT

：AOUT?

：AOUT

：DATAout

：RATE

：RATE?

：FD

：FD?

：FILEname

：FILEname?

：ITEM

：ITEM?

：TIME

：TIME?

APPENDIX 12────────────────────────────────────────────────────


：KLOCk

：KLOCk?

：MEASure

：NORMal

：INTerval

：INTerval?

：STARt

：STARt

：STATe?

：STOP

：STOP

：TIMEr

：TIMEr?

：DEMand

：INTEgrate?

：NORMal?

：AOUT

：AOUT?

：DATAout

：METHod

：METHod?

：TIME

：TIME?

：METHod

：METHod?

：TIME

：TIME?

：INSTant?

：DEMand?

：DAYly?

：WEEKly?

：MONthly?

：INTEgrate?

：FILEname

：FILEname?

：ITEM

：ITEM?

APPENDIX 13────────────────────────────────────────────────────


：OPERationvar

：OPERationvar?

：RESEt

：SAMPling

：SAMPling?

：SCALe

：SOURce

：SOURce?

：TRANsmit

：VOLTage?

：VOLTage

：WIRing

：WIRing?

：CT

：CT?

：PT

：PT?

：SEParator

：SEParator?

：TERMinator

：TERMinator?

：AUTO

：AUTO?

：RANGe

：RANGe?

APPENDIX 14────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Appendix 2.3 Valid Commands for Each Status

Valid Commands for Each

Initial screen Menu screen when the power is turned on.

Setting mode Setting mode screen.

FD mode Floppy Disk mode screen.

Normal Measurement mode

Continue Measurement mode status in Normal Measurementmode.

HOLD Hold function in use (H mark is displayed).

Wiring check Incorrect wiring check screen.

Setting Setting screen for Normal Measurement mode.

Integrated measurement mode

Continue,while integratedmeasurement is in progress

Either waiting for the integrated measurement start keyto be pressed, or integrated measurement is inprogress.

Hold, while integrated measurement is in progress

Hold function is being used in the above state (H markis displayed).

Continue, while integratedmeasurement is stopped

Either integrated measurement has been stopped orhas ended.

Hold, while integratedmeasurement is stopped



Setting Setting screen for Integrated Measurement mode.

Demand measurement mode

Continue, while demandmeasurement is in progress

Either waiting for the demand measurement start keyto be pressed, or demand measurement is inprogress.

Hold, while demand measurementis in progress


Continue, while demandmeasurement is stopped

Demand measurement has ended.

Hold, while demand measurementis stopped



Setting Setting.

● Can be executed.

－ Cannot be executed.

Partly A device-dependent error results while integratedmeasurement or demand measurement is in progress.

APPENDIX 15────────────────────────────────────────────────────


: Continue/ : HOLD/ : Wiring/ : Setting

Condition

Command

Initialscreen

Settingmode/

FDmode

Normalmeasurement

mode

Integrated measurementmode Demand measurement mode

Integration Demand

RUN STOP RUN STOP

:AVERaging ● ● ● ● ● ● ーー ● ● Partly Partly ーー ● ● Partly Partly

:AVERaging? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:BACKlight ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:BACKlight? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:BEEPer ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:BEEPer? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:CLOCk ● ● －－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－

:CLOCk? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:CONTrast ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:CONTrast? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:CURRent? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:CURRent

:AUTO ● ● ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －

:AUTO? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Partly

:RANGe ● ● ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －

:RANGe? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:DEMand

:AUTO ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:AUTO? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:AOUT

:RATE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:RATE? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:DATAout

:FD ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:FD? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:FILEname ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:FILEname? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

APPENDIX 16────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Condition

Command

Initialscreen

Settingmode/

FDmode

Normalmeasurement

mode


Integration Demand

RUN STOP RUN STOP

:ITEM ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:ITEM? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:STARt －－－－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● － Partly

:STARt

:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:STATe? －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● ● ●

:STOP －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● －－－ Partly

:STOP


:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●


:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TRANs ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly

:TRANs? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:DISPlay? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:DISPlay

:DEMand ● ● ● － Partly Partly －－ ● ● Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:INTEgrate ● ● ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● ● Partly Partly

:NORMal ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● ● Partly Partly －－ ● ● Partly Partly

:INItial ● ● ● － Partly Partly －－ ● ● Partly Partly －－ ● ● Partly Partly

:DRESet －－ ● ● －－－－ ● ● －－－－ ● ● －－

:FREQuency ● ● ● － Partly Partly －－ ● －－ Partly －－ ● ● ● Partly

:FREQuency? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:HEADer ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:HEADer? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:HOLD －－ ● ● －－ ● ● ● ● －－ ● ● ● ● －－

:HEADer? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

APPENDIX 17────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Condition

Command

Initialscreen

Settingmode/

FDmode

Normalmeasurement

mode


Integration Demand

RUN STOP RUN STOP

:INTEgrate

:AOUT ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:AOUT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:AOUT

:RATE ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:RATE? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:DATAout

:FD ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:FD? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:FILEname ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:FILEname? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:ITEM ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:ITEM? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:INTerval ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:INTerval? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:STARt －－－－－－－－ ● ● － Partly －－－－－－

:STARt

:METHod ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:METHod? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:STATe? －－－－－－ ● ● ● ● ● ● －－－－－－

:STOP －－－－－－ ● ● －－－ Partly －－－－－－

:STOP

:METHod ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:METHod? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TIME ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● ● Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TIME? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TIMEr ● ● ● ● ● ● －－ ● － Partly Partly ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TIMEr? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

APPENDIX 18────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Condition

Command

Initialscreen

Settingmode/

FDmode

Normalmeasurement

mode


Integration Demand

RUN STOP RUN STOP

:KLOCk －－ ● ● －－ ● ● ● ● －－ ● ● ● ● －－

:KLOCk? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:MEASure

:DEMand

:INSTant? －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－

:DEMand? －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－

:DAYly －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－

:WEEKly? －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－

:MONthly? －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－

:INTEgrate? －－－－－－－－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－

:INTEgrate? －－－－－－ ● ● ● ● －－－－－－－－

:NORMal? －－ ● ● －－－－－－－－－－－－－－

:NORMal

:AOUT ● ● ● －－－ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:AOUT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:DATAout

:FILEname ● ● ● －－－ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:FILEname? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:ITEM ● ● ● －－－ ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:ITEM? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:OPERationvar ● ● ● －－－－－ ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly

:OPERationvar? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:RESEt ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:SAMPling ● ● ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly

:SAMPling? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

APPENDIX 19────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Condition

Command

Initialscreen

Settingmode/

FDmode

Normalmeasurement

mode


Integration Demand

RUN STOP RUN STOP

:SCALe

:CT ● ● ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly

:CT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:PT ● ● ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly

:PT? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:SOURce ● ● ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly －－ ● －－ Partly

:SOURce? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TRANsmit

:SEParator ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:SEParator? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TERMinator ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:TERMinator? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:VOLTage? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:VOLTage?

:AUTO ● ● ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －

:AUTO? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:RANGe ● ● ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －－－ ● － Partly －

:RANGe? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

:WIRing ● ● ● －－－－－ ● －－－－－ ● －－－

:WIRing? ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

APPENDIX 20────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Appendix 2.4 Chart of Initialization Items

Initialization method Power on System reset

RS-232C setting × ○

Device-specific functions(range, etc.)

× ○

Output queue ○ ○

Input buffer ○ ○

Current path ○ ○

Header ON/OFF × ○

Response message delimiter × ○

Response message separator × ○

APPENDIX 21────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration, and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead and Lag────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 3.1 Active Power

NOTE

Appendix 3.2 Reactive Power

Appendix 3 Active Power Consumption/Regeneration,

and Reactive Power and Power Factor Lead

and Lag

In the 3166, the polarity of active power is positive ("+") for consumptionpower and negative ("-") for regeneration power. The phase difference of thecurrent versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from -90｡ to +90｡,and for regeneration power ranges from -180｡ to -90｡ and from +90｡ to +180｡.Of the types of power mentioned above, only the data for consumption poweris added for the consumption power integration +WP. Similarly, only the datafor regeneration power is added for -WP. ΣWP indicates the total powerintegration, balancing consumption and regeneration.

Normally, power that is supplied (consumed) flows from the power supply tothe load, but in equipment that uses a motor for motive power (such as anelevator), power sometimes returns to the power supply (is regenerated) whenthe load is light, etc.

This power meter permits selection of one of two measurement methods forreactive power.

a.Not using the reactive power meter method

This method, used in most power meters, derives the reactive power indirectlyfrom calculations based on direct measurements of active power and apparentpower (the product of the real values for voltage and current, includingharmonic wave components). Therefore, in cases where the composition of theharmonic wave components included in the voltage and current differs, thepolarity only is determined through the reactive power method. For laggingphases, "+" is added; for leading phases, "-" is added. The phase difference ofthe current versus the voltage for consumption power ranges from 0｡ to +180｡

for both lagging and leading phases, respectively.b. Using the reactive power meter method

This method measures the reactive power directly, in the same manner asreactive power meters that are installed at the locations of high-demand powerconsumers. Using this method eliminates the effects of an imbalance orasymmetry between lines being measured. In addition, measurement valuesare calculated using only those voltage and current components that are of thesame frequency.The polarity is the same as when not using the reactive power meter method.

APPENDIX 22────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Input Waveform　Sine Wave

Reference Differences in measured valuesNote that some voltage and current waveforms will yield different results forreactive power and power factor measurements when each of themeasurement methods described above is selected.

・When the voltage and current waveforms are both sine waves (or haveidentical waveforms)In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, only the basewave is present, so the same measured values will be obtained, regardless ofwhich measurement method is used.

・When the voltage waveform is a sine wave and the current waveform is aunique distorted waveform (There are harmonic wave components in thecurrent.)In the case of a sine wave such as that shown in the diagram, using thereactive power meter method will yield a small reactive power value and alarge (good) power factor.This difference arises as a result of the principles described below.When the reactive power meter method is not used, in order to determine thereactive power (var1), the apparent power (VA1) derived from the product ofthe actual current and voltage values includes not only the base wavecomponent but also the harmonic wave components. The power factor in thiscase is labelled λ1.Conversely, when using the reactive power meter method, only components ofthe same frequency appear as measured values because the reactive power isdetermined directly, like the active power (P). Therefore, in this example, thecurrent waveform has many harmonic wave components, and the reactivepower (var2) of the component that has the same frequency as the voltage (i.e.,just the base wave) is smaller than that measured by the method describedabove. Because the apparent power (VA2) derived from this P and var2 is alsosmaller as a result, the power factor (λ2) increases, since it is derived fromthe ratio of the active power and the apparent power.

var1 > var2VA1 > VA2λ1 < λ2

APPENDIX 23────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Input Waveform Current is Distorted

APPENDIX 24────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Appendix 3.3 Power Factor

90゜

0゜

180゜

90゜

LAG（Lag）LEAD（Lead）

Active power

［＋P］［＋WP］

Reactivepower

［Qー］［ーWQ］

Powerfactor

［ー］

Active power

［ー P］［ーWP］

Reactivepower

［Q＋］［＋WQ］

Powerfactor

［＋］

Consum

ptionR

egeneration

Phase Relationship between Voltage and Current

Regardless of whether the reactive power meter method is used or not, thepower factor is derived from calculations based on direct measurements ofactive power and apparent power. The polarity for lagging phases is unsigned;for leading phases, "-" is added.Note that this polarity is determined by the reactive power polarity arederived through the reactive power meter method.

APPENDIX 25────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166

This power meter uses two cycles (when measuring at 50/60 Hz; 16 cycleswhen measuring at 400 Hz) as one sample and takes measurements bycontinuously performing various calculations on the data (without losing thewaveform). This data is displayed intermittently, depending on the displayupdate rate, as the instantaneous values. In contrast, theminimum/maximum values are displayed by finding the minimum andmaximum values in all of the continuously measured sample values.Because all of the continuously measured sample value data is integrated forthe integrated values in Integrated Measurement mode and DemandMeasurement mode, even transient waveforms can be measured.In Normal Measurement mode the D/A output continuously outputs all of thecontinuously measured sample values.Therefore, even transient changes in the input waveform generated by a powerspike, for example, will be faithfully detected or output.In Integrated Measurement or Demand Measurement mode, however, the D/Aoutput follows the display update rate.

APPENDIX 26────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 4 Sampling in the 3166────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Instantaneousvaluemeasurement

Minimum/maximumvalue detection

Display Display

Input

Integratedvalue

NormalMeasurementmode

IntegratedMeasurementmode/DemandMeasurementmode

Approximately 1 second

Integrated/Demandmeasure

Display

Instantaneousvalue display

Approximately 1 second

Effective value calculation Effective value calculation Effective value calculation

Two cycles

Power calculation Power calculation Power calculation

D/A output

Output Output Output

Output Output Output

Sampling

APPENDIX 27────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 5 Screen Configuration────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Initial screen

Execute

ReturnExecute

Return

FD

Setup Function setup1/2

Next page

Previous page

Functionsetup 2/2

Return

Execute Execute Execute

Normalmeasurement

Instantaneousvalues

Minimum/maximum

F1

Return Return Return

Check Check CheckNormal measurem-ent setup screen 1/2

Nextpage

Previo-us page

Normal measurem-ent setup screen 2/2

Wiring diagram

Wiring check



Screen switching

Instantaneous ValuesMinimum/maximumIntegration 1/2

Integration 2/2

Demandmeasurement

Nextpage

Previo-us page


Wiring diagram

Wiring check

Demand Measurem-ent setup screen 1/2

Demand measurem-ent setup screen 2/2

Nextpage

Previo-us page

Item changing

Wiring diagram

Wiring check

Page changing

11


Integrated values

Demand

Daily Report

Weekly Report

Monthly Report

Minimum/maximum, Integration 1/2, Integration 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Demand 1/2, Demand 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Daily Report 1/2, Daily Report 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Weekly Report 1/2, Weekly Report 2/2

Minimum/maximum, Monthly Report 1/2, Monthly Report 2/211

Appendix 5 Screen Configuration

APPENDIX 28────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Voltage cord

Instruction manualIndication window

FD output port

＊Fix to belt afterattached.

3166,9595

Clamp on sensors

Packing the 3166 Into the Carrying Case

NOTE

Appendix 6 Packing the 3166 in the 9383 Carrying Case

The optional 9383 CARRYING CASE is useful when you need to carry the3166 and take measurements in the field. The carrying case can accommodatethe 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached, three 9291 CLAMP ONSENSOR, the 9438 VOLTAGE CORD, the instruction manual, and otheritems.The carrying case includes a window that allows you to read the displayscreen without needing to remove the 3166 from its carrying case. A side flapalso allows you to insert and remove floppy disks.

Reference When putting the 3166 with the 9595 FDD UNIT attached into the carryingcase, remove the sponge padding from the carrying case.

・The carrying case is not designed to be waterproof or dustproof. Do not usethe carrying case under dusty or wet conditions.・Gently wipe dirt from the surface of the 3166 to the carrying case unit with

a soft cloth moistened with a small amount of water or mild detergent. Donot try to clean the unit using cleaners containing organic solvents such asbenzine, alcohol, acetone, ether, ketones, thinners, or gasoline. They maycause discoloration or damage.

APPENDIX 29────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms

RMS:

Root Mean Square value for a voltage or current waveform. This value is usedto represent the size of an AC signal. Because the 3166 converts waveformdata to a digital signal before performing this operation, even distorted signalscan be measured accurately.

CT:

Current Transformer. When measuring strong current, the currenttransformer is used to reduce the current to an appropriate level beforesupplying it to the power meter.

CT ratio:

This ratio is used to convert the current value on the secondary side of the CTto the primary side.

PT:

Potential Transformer. When measuring high voltage, the potentialtransformer is used to reduce the voltage to an appropriate level beforesupplying it to the power meter.

PT ratio:

This ratio is used to convert the voltage value on the secondary side of the PTto the primary side.

Chattering:

When a relay contact closes, chattering is a phenomenon in which the contactdoes not close right away but quickly opens and closes repeatedly.

PLL:

Phase Locked Loop. Synchronization is attained with the base wavecomponent of the signal being measured, and the signal is constantly sampledat 256 points over two cycles.

D/A output:

Although this is also generally known as analog output, the 3166 is a digitalsampling power meter, and therefore all measured values are processeddigitally. Therefore, the analog output is derived from digital data that isconverted into analog signals.

APPENDIX 30────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 8 Printout Samples────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Date and time of printout

Instantaneous values(voltage, current, power)

Maximum values(voltage, current, power)* These are the maximum values(and the date and time at which theywere generated) for the instantaneousvalues, from the time when the DataReset key was pressed until the timeof printing.

Minimum values(voltage, current, power)

* These are the minimum values(and the date and time at which theywere generated) for the instantaneousvalues, from the time when the DataReset key was pressed until the timeof printing.

Appendix 8 Printout Samples

(1) Normal Measurement mode (All items)

APPENDIX 31────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Date and time of start of integratedmeasurement

Integration time

Integrated power* These are the total integrated

values, from the start of integrationuntil the time of printing.

Average value within a time period* These are the average values during

the integration period, derived from theintegrated power indicated above.

Output at the next interval time* The setting of each item is the same

as for the previous time.

(2) Integrated Measurement mode (Integrated power and average value within a timeperiod)

APPENDIX 32────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Date and time of start of demandmeasurement

Demand count* This example shows the data for the

second demand measurement.

Integrated power* These are the integrated values,

during the set demand period sincethe start of integration.

Average value within a time period* These are the average values during

the demand period, derived from theintegrated power indicated above.

Output at the next (third) demand period* The setting of each item is the same

as for the previous time.

(3) Demand Measurement mode

Demand measurement (Integrated power and average value within a timeperiod)

APPENDIX 33────────────────────────────────────────────────────



Date and time of start of demand measurement

Daily report output count* This example shows the data for the first

daily report.

Instantaneous values at the time of printing(voltage, current, and power)

Integrated power* These are the total integrated values,

from the start of demand measurement untilthe end (one day).

Maximum demand values and thedate and time at which they occurred* In the case of integrated measurement,

daily reports, weekly reports, andmonthly reports, the maximum demandvalue generated during that period isoutput here, along with the date and timeat which that maximum was generated.

Average value within a time period* These are the average values

during the one-day period, derivedfrom the integrated power indicatedabove.

Daily report (Instantaneous value, integrated power, and average value withina time period)

APPENDIX 34────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Version numberDate and time of printout

Setting condition

NOTE

(4) Setting condition

If kanji were used in file names, they will not be printed out properly unless aprinter that supports kanji is used.

APPENDIX 35────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Data header Contents Unit Data output condition

Date andtime of output

OUTPUT DATE FDD data output date

OUTPUT TIME FDD data output time

DEMANDSTART DATE

Demand start date

DEMANDSTART TIME

Demand start time

Instantaniousvoltagevalues

U1 Effective voltage valueCH1

V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w


V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w


V 3p4w

UaveEffective voltage valueAverage value of chanelsbetween 1 to 3

V 3p4w

Instantaniouscurrentvalues

I1 Effective current valueCH1

A 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,3p4w


A 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w


A 3p3w3i, 3p4w

IaveEffective current valueAverage value of chanelsbetween 1 to 3

A 3p3w3i, 3p4w

Instantaniouspower values

P Active power W

Q Reactive power var

S Apparent power VA

PF Power factor

F Frequency Hz

Maximumvoltagevalues

U1max CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

U1max DATE Date of generation display

U1max TIME Time of generation display

U2max CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w



U3max CH3 V 3p4w



Appendix 9 Headers of Data Output to Floppy Disk

APPENDIX 36────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Maximumcurrentvalues

I1max CH1 A 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i,3p4w

I1max DATE Date of generation display

I1max TIME Time of generation display

I2max CH2 A 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p3w3i, 3p4w



I3max CH3 A 3p3w3i, 3p4w



Maximumpower values

Pmax Active power W

Pmax DATE Date of generation display

Pmax TIME Time of generation display

Qmax Reactive power (LAG) var

Qmax DATE Date of generation display

Qmax TIME Time of generation display

Q-max Reactive power (LEAD) var

Q-max DATE Date of generation display

Q-max TIME Time of generation display

Smax Apparent power VA

Smax DATE Date of generation display

Smax TIME Time of generation display

PFmax Power factor (LAG)

PFmax DATE Date of generation display

PFmax TIME Time of generation display

PF-max Power factor (LEAD)

PF-max DATE Date of generation display

PF-max TIME Time of generation display

Fmax Frequency Hz

Fmax DATE Date of generation display

Fmax TIME Time of generation display

Minimumvoltage value

U1min CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w

U1min DATE Date of generation display

U1min TIME Time of generation display

U2min CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 3p4w



U3min CH3 V 3p4w



APPENDIX 37────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Minimumcurrent value

I1min CH1 V 1p2w, 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i,3p4w

I1min DATE Date of generation display

I1min TIME Time of generation display

I2min CH2 V 1p3w, 3p3w, 1p3p3i, 3p4w



I3min CH3 V 1p3p3i, 3p4w



Minimumpower values

Pmin Active power W

Pmin DATE Date of generation display

Pmin TIME Time of generation display

Qmin Reactive power (LAG) var

Qmin DATE Date of generation display

Qmin TIME Time of generation display

Q-min Reactive power (LEAD) var

Q-min DATE Date of generation display

Q-min TIME Time of generation display

Smin Apparent power VA

Smin DATE Date of generation display

Smin TIME Time of generation display

PFmin Power factor (LAG)

PFmin DATE Date of generation display

PFmin TIME Time of generation display

PF-min Power factor (LEAD)

PF-min DATE Date of generation display

PF-min TIME Time of generation display

Fmin Frequency Hz

Fmin DATE Date of generation display

Fmin TIME Time of generation display

Powerintegration WP Active power (addition)

(WP+)+(WP-)Wh

WP+ Active power (consumption) Wh

WP- Active power (regeneration) Wh

WQ Reactive power

(WS+)2 (WP+)2

varh When not using the reactivepower meter method

WS(WS+)+( WS- )Apparent power (addition) VAh

WS+ Apparent power (consumption) VAh

WS- Apparent power (regeneration) VAh

APPENDIX 38────────────────────────────────────────────────────


Powerintegration

WQ Reactive power (total)WQ+ + WQ-

varh When using the reactivepower meter method

WQ+ Reactive power (LAG) varh

WQ- Reactive power (LEAD) varh

WSApparent power

(WP+)2+(WQ+)2

VAh

Averagevalue within atime period

Pave Active power (Consumption)WP+ / h

W Integrated measurementmode

h =integrated elapsed timeDemand measurementmode*

Qave Reactive power (LAG)WQ+ / h

var

Save Apparent power (Consumption)WS+ / h

VA

PFave Power factorWP+ / WS+

LF Load factorPave / Pave max ×100

% Demand measurement modeDaily reportsWeekly reportsMonthly reportsIntegration

TLFUsage factorSave /Transfer capacity setting×100

%

Maximumdemandvalue

Pave max Active power W Demand measurement modeDaily reportsWeekly reportsMonthly reportsIntegration

Pave max DATE Date of generation display

Pave max TIME Time of generation display

Qave max Reactive power var

Qave max DATE Date of generation display

Qave max TIME Time of generation display

Save max Apparent power VA

Save max DATE Date of generation display

Save max TIME Time of generation display

PFave max Power factor

PFave maxDATE

Date of generation display

PFave maxTIME

Time of generation display

TLF max Usage factor %

TLF max DATE Date of generation display

TLF max TIME Time of generation display

Demand measurement mode*:Demand measurement data: h=demand periodDaily report data: h=24 hours period (1 day)Weekly report data: h=168 hours period (7 days)Monthly report data: h=1 month periodIntegrated data: h=integration period

INDEX 1

Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────────

Index

- A -

AC power inlet 6, 23

Accuracy 295-297, 302, 310

Additional integrati 69, 71, 72, 82, 272

Arrow 37

Auto range 70, 176, 234, 295

Average value within 102, 115, 116, 147,

148, 212, 217, 260, 261, 298

- B -

BNC connector 22

Back cover 291

Backlight 4, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 171,

294, 301

Backup function 25, 283, 303

Basic operating procedure

18, 32, 45, 65, 92,

162

Baud rate 131-133, 158, 239, 302

- C -

CHECK key 4, 33, 36, 37, 47, 50, 67,

72, 94, 98

CT 13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301

Calculation formula 305, 307

Carrying case 3, 28

Clamp on sensor 7, 21, 37, 289, 293-296,

310

Clamp sensor connect 21, 22

Clip 30

Command syntax 164, 169

Command reference 164, 165, 169

Connection cable 140, 150, 157, 242,

250,265, 294

Consumption 63, 75-77, 89, 90, 102,

105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308

Contrast 4, 24, 59, 86, 120, 123, 129, 174,

294, 301

Crest factor 295

Current range 4, 11, 12, 41, 47, 67, 70,

75, 94, 97, 175, 177, 296

Current range key 4, 12

Cursor key 5, 9

- D -

D/A output 3, 7, 47, 58, 84, 118,

119, 178, 179, 197, 198, 222, 249-255

D/A output item 58, 84, 118, 178,

197, 222

Daily report 106-108, 115, 148, 182,

190, 216, 261

Data length 131-133, 158, 239

Data reset 5, 49, 70, 77, 97, 99,

101, 104, 193

Deleting file 258, 279

Demand measurement 98, 99

Demand time 113, 187

Display update rate 51, 74, 84, 252,

253, 295

Dynamic range over 42

INDEX 2

Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────────

- E -

English 24

Error message 10

Extension 270, 275, 278

External control 7

- F -

FD auto output 13, 80, 82, 117, 271, 272

FDD unit 7, 16, 26, 257, 311

FDD unit connector 7, 265

File name 55-57, 61, 83, 117, 181, 200,

223, 270, 278, 279

Fixed clock 8, 126, 127, 227

Floppy disk 263, 267, 268

Flow control 131-133, 239

Format 258, 263, 276

Frequency 8, 126, 127, 194, 230

Front panel 4, 291

Function key 4, 10

- G -

Generation time 51, 75, 102

Guide notch 21, 22, 140, 250

- H -

Harmonic analysis 15, 281

Header 163, 164, 167

Hold 13, 14, 50, 73, 101, 196, 255

- I -

ID code 133, 245

Imbalance 38

Incorrect wiring 29, 38

Initial screen 15, 33, 193

Input resistance 251, 293

Instantaneous value 46, 49, 54, 66, 73,

81, 100, 105, 107, 115, 146-149,

190-192, 211, 217, 220, 259, 260

Integrated measurement 63

Inverter 8

- J -

Japanese 24

- K -

Key beep 59, 86, 120, 123, 130, 172

Key lock 13, 50, 72, 98, 99, 210, 239

- L -

LCD 129, 171, 174

Lag 77, 254, 296-298, 306-308

Lead 77, 254, 296-298, 306, 308

Load factor 115, 148, 261, 307

Loss of power 283, 284, 286, 288

- M -

Manual printing 154, 155

Measurement range 41, 70, 97, 293,

295-297, 304

Modem 130, 133, 134, 157, 241

Modem initialization command 133, 244

Monthly report 110, 115, 148, 182, 190,

216, 261, 270

- O -

Option 7, 257, 281, 294

Output interval time 80, 82, 83, 154,

202, 272

Over-range 13, 42, 253, 254

INDEX 3

Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────────

- P -

PLL 8, 13, 126, 127, 227, 230

PLL unlock 8, 13

PT 13, 59, 86, 120, 123, 128, 228, 301

Parity check 131-133, 158, 239

Personal computer 130, 132, 157, 232,

239, 242, 245, 258, 270

Phase sequence 38, 46, 66, 93

Power cord 6, 23

Power flow 38, 75, 102, 105, 107,

108, 110, 250, 308

Power switch 6, 23, 24, 290

Print key 5, 52, 60, 87, 121, 136, 154

Print/save item 54, 81, 115, 116, 146,

152, 153, 182, 201, 224, 259, 269

Printer 5, 7, 11, 52, 60, 87,

121, 130, 136, 145, 154, 155

Printout 154, 155, 264

Protector 291

- R -

RS-232C 7, 13, 83, 118, 130,

157-163, 237, 241-248, 290

RS-232C cable 157, 159, 160

Reactive power meter method 13, 76,

77, 125, 225

Real time 173

Regeneration 63, 76, 89, 90, 102,

105, 107, 108, 110, 254, 307, 308

Renaming files 278

Response characteris 252, 253

- S -

SETXXX 61, 137, 271, 278

Safety standard 2

Sample program 237

Sampling method 126, 227

Save 11, 53, 61, 88, 122, 137, 271

Scaling 13

Self-test 24, 25

Separator 165

Special key 11

Specifications 293, 312

Stand 26, 27

Start time 71, 78, 98, 99, 112,

184, 186, 205

Start/stop 5, 7, 70-72, 78, 79, 97-99,

141, 142

Stop bit length 131-133

Stop time 71, 72, 99, 112, 186

Supply voltage 6, 23, 266, 294

System reset 25, 135, 226, 290

- T -

Telephone information 133

Telephone number 133, 244

Timer 72, 79, 80, 202, 207, 209

Transformer capacity 114, 188, 307, 308

- U -

Updating 253, 258

- V -

Voltage cord 7, 18, 30, 37, 294

Voltage cord lock 19, 20

Voltage range 4, 12, 41, 47, 67, 94,

233, 235

Voltage range key 4, 12

- W -

Waiting 71, 98, 99

Warmup 295

Weekly report 108, 109, 115, 116,

147-149, 182, 190, 216, 260-262, 270

Window 10, 13

Wiring diagram 34-36, 39, 40

Wiring key 4, 11

Write-protect 268

INDEX 4

Index───────────────────────────────────────────────────────

────────────────────────────────────────────────────────

HIOKI 3166 CLAMP ON POWER HiTESTERInstruction Manual

Publication date: October 2001 Revised edition 10

Edited and published by HIOKI E.E. CORPORATIONTechnical Support Section

All inquiries to International Sales and Marketing Department81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano, 386-1192, JapanTEL: +81-268-28-0562 / FAX: +81-268-28-0568E-mail: [email protected] http://www.hioki.co.jp/

Printed in Japan 3166A981-10

All reasonable care has been taken in the production of this manual, but if youfind any points which are unclear or in error, please contact your supplier orthe International Sales and Marketing Department at HIOKI headquarters.In the interests of product development, the contents of this manual are subjectto revision without prior notice.Unauthorized reproduction or copying of this manual is prohibited.

HEAD OFFICE81 Koizumi, Ueda, Nagano 386-1192, JapanTEL +81-268-28-0562 / FAX +81-268-28-0568E-mail: [email protected] / URL http://www.hioki.co.jp/HIOKI USA CORPORATION6 Corporate Drive, Cranbury, NJ 08512, USATEL +1-609-409-9109 / FAX +1-609-409-9108

3166A981-10 01-10H

Printed on recycled paper

sharif_geraldizo

Tequipment

http://tequipment.net

Manual Hioki 3166

Documents